TWI761320B - Display device and electronic device - Google Patents

Display device and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI761320B
TWI761320B TW105137948A TW105137948A TWI761320B TW I761320 B TWI761320 B TW I761320B TW 105137948 A TW105137948 A TW 105137948A TW 105137948 A TW105137948 A TW 105137948A TW I761320 B TWI761320 B TW I761320B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
light
display
substrate
transistor
Prior art date
Application number
TW105137948A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201824218A (en
Inventor
山崎舜平
久保田大介
安達廣樹
及川欣聰
Original Assignee
日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司
Publication of TW201824218A publication Critical patent/TW201824218A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI761320B publication Critical patent/TWI761320B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/40OLEDs integrated with touch screens

Landscapes

  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種可見度良好的顯示裝置。本發明是一種顯示裝置,包括第一基板、第二基板、第一顯示元件、第二顯示元件、輸入裝置,其中第一基板包括第一顯示元件的一部分及第二顯示元件,第二基板包括輸入裝置,第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件設置於第一基板的第一面與第二基板的第一之間,第一顯示元件具有反射可見光的功能,第二顯示元件具有發射可見光的功能,在與第二基板的第一面對置的第二面設置有防反射層。 The present invention provides a display device with good visibility. The present invention is a display device, comprising a first substrate, a second substrate, a first display element, a second display element, and an input device, wherein the first substrate includes a part of the first display element and the second display element, and the second substrate includes The input device, the first display element and the second display element are arranged between the first surface of the first substrate and the first surface of the second substrate, the first display element has the function of reflecting visible light, and the second display element has the function of emitting visible light and an anti-reflection layer is arranged on the second surface facing the first surface of the second substrate.

Description

顯示裝置及電子裝置 Display device and electronic device

本發明係關於一種物體、方法或製造方法。此外,本發明係關於一種製程(process)、機器(machine)、產品(manufacture)或組合物(composition of matter)。尤其是,本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種半導體裝置、發光裝置、顯示裝置、電子裝置、照明設備、它們的驅動方法或它們的製造方法。尤其是,本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種能夠在曲面上進行顯示的顯示裝置(顯示面板)。此外,本發明係關於一種包括能夠在曲面上進行顯示的顯示裝置的電子裝置、發光裝置、照明設備或它們的製造方法。 The present invention relates to an object, method or method of manufacture. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a process, machine, manufacture or composition of matter. In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a light-emitting device, a display device, an electronic device, a lighting apparatus, a driving method thereof, or a manufacturing method thereof. In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a display device (display panel) capable of displaying on a curved surface. Furthermore, the present invention relates to an electronic device, a light-emitting device, a lighting apparatus including a display device capable of displaying on a curved surface, or a manufacturing method thereof.

注意,在本說明書等中,半導體裝置是指藉由利用半導體特性而能夠工作的所有裝置。電晶體、半導體電路、算術裝置及記憶體裝置等都是半導體裝置的一個實施方式。另外,發光裝置、顯示裝置、電子裝置、照明設備及電子裝置有時包括半導體裝置。 Note that, in this specification and the like, a semiconductor device refers to all devices that can operate by utilizing semiconductor characteristics. A transistor, a semiconductor circuit, an arithmetic device, a memory device, and the like are all one embodiment of a semiconductor device. In addition, light-emitting devices, display devices, electronic devices, lighting equipment, and electronic devices may include semiconductor devices.

近年來,智慧手機和平板終端等電子裝置已廣泛普及,在室外利用資訊通訊的機會不斷增加。此外,在電子裝置所具備的顯示裝置的領域中,已對能夠利用有限容量的電池長時間工作的低功耗技術進行研究開發。例如,專利文獻1公開了藉由將包括氧化物半導體的關態電流(off-state current)小的電晶體用於像素來長時間保持影像信號的低功耗液晶顯示裝置。 In recent years, electronic devices such as smart phones and tablet terminals have become widespread, and opportunities for information and communication outdoors are increasing. In addition, in the field of display devices included in electronic devices, research and development of low-power consumption technologies that can operate for a long time using batteries with limited capacity have been conducted. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a low-power-consumption liquid crystal display device that maintains a video signal for a long time by using a transistor including an oxide semiconductor with a small off-state current for a pixel.

[專利文獻1]日本專利申請公開第2011-141522號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-141522

作為電子裝置所具備的顯示裝置,使用以背光為光源的透射型液晶元件或自發光型有機EL元件的情況較多。這種顯示元件的室內可見度是良好的,但是在晴天時的室外等強光下,顯示面的外光反射很強,因此從顯示裝置內部射出的光(顯示)的可見度下降。 As a display device included in an electronic device, a transmissive liquid crystal element or a self-luminous organic EL element using a backlight as a light source is often used. The indoor visibility of such a display element is good, but under strong light such as outdoors on a sunny day, the external light reflected by the display surface is strongly reflected, so that the visibility of light (display) emitted from the inside of the display device decreases.

因此,在強光下較佳為使用利用外光反射的反射型顯示元件。例如,在使用反射型液晶元件的顯示裝置中,外光越強,可見度越高。但是,由於其反射率為幾個百分比的玻璃基板或樹脂基板等被用於顯示裝置的顯示面中,所以已不能解決外光反射對顯示帶來的影響。 Therefore, it is preferable to use a reflective display element utilizing external light reflection under strong light. For example, in a display device using a reflective liquid crystal element, the stronger the external light, the higher the visibility. However, since glass substrates or resin substrates with a reflectivity of several percent are used in the display surface of the display device, the influence of external light reflection on the display cannot be solved.

另外,在外光弱的室內反射型顯示元件的可見度不夠。 In addition, the visibility of the reflective display element is insufficient in a room where external light is weak.

於是,本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是提供一種即使在強光下其可見度也高的顯示裝置。此外,本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是提供一種包括具有發射可見光的功能的顯示元件以及具有反射可見光的功能的顯示元件的顯示裝置。此外,本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是提供一種功耗低的顯示系統。此外,本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是提供一種新穎的顯示裝置。此外,本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是提供一種新穎的電子裝置。 Accordingly, one of the objects of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device having high visibility even under strong light. Further, one of the objects of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display device including a display element having a function of emitting visible light and a display element having a function of reflecting visible light. In addition, one of the objectives of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a display system with low power consumption. Furthermore, one of the objects of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel display device. Furthermore, one of the objects of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel electronic device.

注意,這些目的的記載不妨礙其他目的的存在。本發明的一個實施方式並不需要實現所有上述目的。另外,上述目的以外的目的從說明書等的記載中是顯而易見的,且可以從說明書等的記載中衍生上述以外的目的。 Note that the description of these purposes does not prevent the existence of other purposes. An embodiment of the present invention need not achieve all of the above objectives. In addition, objects other than the above-mentioned objects are obvious from the description in the specification and the like, and the objects other than the above-mentioned objects can be derived from the description in the specification and the like.

本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種具有發射可見光的功能的顯示裝置、具有反射可見光的功能的顯示裝置或者具有發射可見光的功能及反射可見光的功能的顯示裝置。另外,本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種包括上述顯示裝置的電子裝置。下面進行詳細的說明。 One embodiment of the present invention relates to a display device having a function of emitting visible light, a display device having a function of reflecting visible light, or a display device having a function of emitting visible light and a function of reflecting visible light. In addition, one embodiment of the present invention relates to an electronic device including the above-described display device. A detailed description will be given below.

本發明的一個實施方式是一種顯示裝置,包括:第一基板;第二基板;第一顯示元件;第二顯示元件;以及輸入裝置,其中,第一基板包括第一顯示元件的一部分及第二顯示元件,第二基板包括輸入裝置,第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件設置在第一基板的第一面與第二基板的第一面之間,第一顯示元件具有反射可見光的功能,第二顯示元件具有發射可見光的功能,並且,在與第二基板的第一面對置的第二面上設置有防反射層。 One embodiment of the present invention is a display device, comprising: a first substrate; a second substrate; a first display element; a second display element; and an input device, wherein the first substrate includes a part of the first display element and a second The display element, the second substrate includes an input device, the first display element and the second display element are arranged between the first surface of the first substrate and the first surface of the second substrate, the first display element has the function of reflecting visible light, and the first display element has the function of reflecting visible light. The two display elements have the function of emitting visible light, and an anti-reflection layer is provided on the second surface opposite to the first surface of the second substrate.

在上述方式中,較佳的是,第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件設置在同一像素單元中。 In the above manner, preferably, the first display element and the second display element are arranged in the same pixel unit.

在上述方式中,較佳為還包括驅動電路,驅動電路具有驅動第一顯示元件、第二顯示元件及輸入裝置的功能。 In the above manner, it is preferable to further include a driving circuit, and the driving circuit has the function of driving the first display element, the second display element and the input device.

在上述方式中,較佳的是,第一顯示元件具有液晶材料,第二顯示元件具有EL材料,並且液晶材料具有二向色性染料。 In the above manner, preferably, the first display element has a liquid crystal material, the second display element has an EL material, and the liquid crystal material has a dichroic dye.

在上述方式中,較佳的是,防反射層具有凸部。 In the above-mentioned form, it is preferable that the antireflection layer has a convex portion.

在上述方式中,較佳的是,在第一顯示元件與輸入裝置之間包括選自光擴散板、偏光板和彩色膜中的一個或多個。 In the above manner, preferably, one or more selected from the group consisting of a light diffusing plate, a polarizing plate and a color film is included between the first display element and the input device.

在上述方式中,較佳的是,第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件分別與 形成通道的半導體層包含金屬氧化物的電晶體電連接。 In the above manner, preferably, the first display element and the second display element are respectively electrically connected to a transistor whose semiconductor layer forming the channel includes a metal oxide.

本發明的其他實施方式是一種電子裝置,包括:上述中任一個的顯示裝置;外殼;以及鉸鏈部,其中外殼及鉸鏈部包括容納顯示裝置的區域。 Another embodiment of the present invention is an electronic device including: the display device of any one of the above; a housing; and a hinge portion, wherein the housing and the hinge portion include an area for accommodating the display device.

另外,在本說明書中,顯示裝置有時包括在如下模組:顯示裝置(顯示部)安裝有連接器諸如FPC(Flexible Printed Circuit:軟性印刷電路板)或TCP(Tape Carrier Package:捲帶式封裝)的模組;在TCP的端部設置有印刷線路板的模組;以及將IC(集成電路)藉由COG(Chip On Glass:晶粒玻璃接合)方式直接安裝在形成有顯示元件的基板上的模組。 In addition, in this specification, a display device is sometimes included in a module in which a display device (display portion) is mounted with a connector such as FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit) or TCP (Tape Carrier Package) ) module; a module in which a printed wiring board is provided at the end of the TCP; and an IC (integrated circuit) is directly mounted on the substrate on which the display element is formed by COG (Chip On Glass: crystal grain glass bonding) method 's module.

藉由利用本發明的一個實施方式,可以提供一種即使在強光下其可見度也高的顯示裝置。此外,可以提供一種包括具有發射可見光的功能的顯示元件以及具有反射可見光的功能的顯示元件的顯示裝置。此外,可以提供一種功耗低的顯示系統。此外,可以提供一種新穎的顯示裝置。此外,可以提供一種新穎的電子裝置。 By utilizing one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a display device with high visibility even under strong light. Furthermore, a display device including a display element having a function of emitting visible light and a display element having a function of reflecting visible light can be provided. Furthermore, a display system with low power consumption can be provided. Furthermore, a novel display device can be provided. Furthermore, a novel electronic device can be provided.

注意,這些效果的記載不妨礙其他效果的存在。此外,本發明的一個實施方式並不需要具有所有上述效果。上述效果以外的效果從說明書、圖式、申請專利範圍等的記載中是顯而易見的,且可以從所述記載中抽取上述效果以外的效果。 Note that the description of these effects does not prevent the existence of other effects. Furthermore, it is not necessary for an embodiment of the present invention to have all of the above-described effects. Effects other than the above-mentioned effects are obvious from the descriptions in the specification, drawings, claims, etc., and effects other than the above-mentioned effects can be extracted from the descriptions.

10‧‧‧顯示裝置 10‧‧‧Display device

11‧‧‧基板 11‧‧‧Substrate

12‧‧‧基板 12‧‧‧Substrate

13‧‧‧防反射層 13‧‧‧Anti-reflection layer

13a‧‧‧介電層 13a‧‧‧Dielectric layer

13b‧‧‧介電層 13b‧‧‧Dielectric layer

13c‧‧‧抗閃光圖案 13c‧‧‧Anti-glare pattern

13d‧‧‧薄膜 13d‧‧‧Film

20‧‧‧層 Floor 20‧‧‧

21‧‧‧元件層 21‧‧‧Component layer

21a‧‧‧FET層 21a‧‧‧FET layer

21b‧‧‧LC層 21b‧‧‧LC layer

21b_LC‧‧‧LC層 21b_LC‧‧‧LC layer

21c‧‧‧OLED層 21c‧‧‧OLED layer

22‧‧‧元件層 22‧‧‧Component layer

23‧‧‧光擴散板 23‧‧‧Light Diffuser

25‧‧‧輸入裝置 25‧‧‧Input device

25a‧‧‧輸入裝置 25a‧‧‧Input device

25b‧‧‧偏光板 25b‧‧‧Polarizer

26‧‧‧黏合層 26‧‧‧Adhesive layer

26a‧‧‧黏合層 26a‧‧‧Adhesive layer

30‧‧‧驅動電路 30‧‧‧Drive circuit

30a‧‧‧驅動電路 30a‧‧‧Drive circuit

30b‧‧‧驅動電路 30b‧‧‧Drive circuit

31‧‧‧FPC 31‧‧‧FPC

32‧‧‧FPC 32‧‧‧FPC

33a‧‧‧佈線 33a‧‧‧Wiring

33b‧‧‧佈線 33b‧‧‧Wiring

33c‧‧‧佈線 33c‧‧‧Wiring

33d‧‧‧佈線 33d‧‧‧Wiring

35‧‧‧液晶元件 35‧‧‧Liquid crystal element

36‧‧‧像素電路 36‧‧‧Pixel circuit

40‧‧‧像素陣列 40‧‧‧Pixel Array

45‧‧‧像素單元 45‧‧‧Pixel Unit

46‧‧‧像素 46‧‧‧pixels

46B‧‧‧顯示元件 46B‧‧‧Display Components

46G‧‧‧顯示元件 46G‧‧‧Display Components

46R‧‧‧顯示元件 46R‧‧‧Display Components

47‧‧‧像素 47‧‧‧Pixels

47B‧‧‧顯示元件 47B‧‧‧Display Components

47G‧‧‧顯示元件 47G‧‧‧Display Components

47R‧‧‧顯示元件 47R‧‧‧Display Components

55‧‧‧光 55‧‧‧Light

101‧‧‧區域 101‧‧‧ Area

102‧‧‧區域 102‧‧‧Area

106‧‧‧絕緣膜 106‧‧‧Insulating film

117‧‧‧絕緣層 117‧‧‧Insulating layer

121‧‧‧絕緣層 121‧‧‧Insulating layer

131‧‧‧彩色層 131‧‧‧Color Layer

132‧‧‧遮光層 132‧‧‧Light shielding layer

133a‧‧‧配向膜 133a‧‧‧Alignment Film

133b‧‧‧配向膜 133b‧‧‧Alignment Film

134‧‧‧彩色層 134‧‧‧Color Layers

141‧‧‧黏合層 141‧‧‧Adhesive layer

142‧‧‧黏合層 142‧‧‧Adhesive layer

161‧‧‧基板 161‧‧‧Substrate

161a‧‧‧基板 161a‧‧‧Substrate

161b‧‧‧基板 161b‧‧‧Substrate

162‧‧‧剝離層 162‧‧‧Peeling layer

162a‧‧‧剝離層 162a‧‧‧Peel layer

162b‧‧‧剝離層 162b‧‧‧Peeling layer

163‧‧‧被剝離層 163‧‧‧Peeled layer

163a‧‧‧被剝離層 163a‧‧‧Peeled layer

163b‧‧‧被剝離層 163b‧‧‧Peeled layer

164‧‧‧絕緣層 164‧‧‧Insulation

164a‧‧‧絕緣層 164a‧‧‧Insulation

165‧‧‧開口部 165‧‧‧Opening

166‧‧‧絕緣層 166‧‧‧Insulation

167‧‧‧偏光板 167‧‧‧Polarizer

168‧‧‧基板 168‧‧‧Substrate

169‧‧‧黏合層 169‧‧‧Adhesive layer

170‧‧‧導電層 170‧‧‧Conductive layer

171‧‧‧佈線 171‧‧‧Wiring

171a‧‧‧導電層 171a‧‧‧Conductive layer

171b‧‧‧暗色層 171b‧‧‧Dark layer

172‧‧‧佈線 172‧‧‧Wiring

172a‧‧‧導電層 172a‧‧‧Conductive layer

172b‧‧‧暗色層 172b‧‧‧Dark layer

173‧‧‧佈線 173‧‧‧Wiring

173a‧‧‧導電層 173a‧‧‧Conductive layer

173b‧‧‧暗色層 173b‧‧‧Dark layer

174‧‧‧佈線 174‧‧‧Wiring

174a‧‧‧導電層 174a‧‧‧Conductive layer

174b‧‧‧導電層 174b‧‧‧Conductive layer

176‧‧‧黏合層 176‧‧‧Adhesive layer

179‧‧‧導電層 179‧‧‧Conductive layer

179a‧‧‧導電層 179a‧‧‧Conductive layer

179b‧‧‧導電層 179b‧‧‧Conductive layer

180‧‧‧絕緣層 180‧‧‧Insulation

180a‧‧‧絕緣層 180a‧‧‧Insulation layer

181‧‧‧遮光層 181‧‧‧Light shielding layer

181a‧‧‧遮光層 181a‧‧‧Light shielding layer

182‧‧‧彩色層 182‧‧‧Color Layers

182a‧‧‧彩色層 182a‧‧‧Color layer

183‧‧‧絕緣層 183‧‧‧Insulation

183a‧‧‧絕緣層 183a‧‧‧Insulating layer

184‧‧‧黏合層 184‧‧‧Adhesive layer

185‧‧‧光擴散板 185‧‧‧Light Diffuser

186‧‧‧黏合層 186‧‧‧Adhesive layer

187‧‧‧黏合層 187‧‧‧Adhesive layer

191‧‧‧導電層 191‧‧‧Conductive layer

192‧‧‧EL層 192‧‧‧EL layer

193a‧‧‧導電層 193a‧‧‧Conductive layer

193b‧‧‧導電層 193b‧‧‧Conductive layer

201‧‧‧電晶體 201‧‧‧Transistor

204‧‧‧連接部 204‧‧‧Connection

205‧‧‧電晶體 205‧‧‧Transistor

206‧‧‧電晶體 206‧‧‧Transistor

207‧‧‧連接部 207‧‧‧Connection

211‧‧‧絕緣層 211‧‧‧Insulating layer

212‧‧‧絕緣層 212‧‧‧Insulating layer

213‧‧‧絕緣層 213‧‧‧Insulating layer

214‧‧‧絕緣層 214‧‧‧Insulating layer

215‧‧‧絕緣層 215‧‧‧Insulation

216‧‧‧絕緣層 216‧‧‧Insulating layer

217‧‧‧絕緣層 217‧‧‧Insulating layer

220‧‧‧絕緣層 220‧‧‧Insulating layer

221‧‧‧導電層 221‧‧‧Conductive layer

222‧‧‧導電層 222‧‧‧Conductive layer

223‧‧‧導電層 223‧‧‧Conductive layer

224‧‧‧導電層 224‧‧‧Conductive layer

231‧‧‧半導體層 231‧‧‧Semiconductor layer

242‧‧‧連接層 242‧‧‧Connection layer

243‧‧‧連接器 243‧‧‧Connector

251‧‧‧開口 251‧‧‧Opening

252‧‧‧連接部 252‧‧‧Connection

300‧‧‧顯示面板 300‧‧‧Display panel

311‧‧‧電極 311‧‧‧Electrode

311a‧‧‧導電層 311a‧‧‧Conductive layer

311b‧‧‧導電層 311b‧‧‧Conductive layer

312‧‧‧液晶 312‧‧‧LCD

313‧‧‧導電層 313‧‧‧Conductive layer

340‧‧‧液晶元件 340‧‧‧Liquid crystal element

351‧‧‧基板 351‧‧‧Substrate

360‧‧‧發光元件 360‧‧‧Light-emitting element

360b‧‧‧發光元件 360b‧‧‧Light-emitting element

360g‧‧‧發光元件 360g‧‧‧Light-emitting element

360r‧‧‧發光元件 360r‧‧‧Light-emitting element

360w‧‧‧發光元件 360w‧‧‧Light-emitting element

361‧‧‧基板 361‧‧‧Substrate

362‧‧‧顯示部 362‧‧‧Display

364‧‧‧電路 364‧‧‧Circuit

365‧‧‧佈線 365‧‧‧Wiring

366‧‧‧觸控感測器 366‧‧‧Touch Sensor

372‧‧‧FPC 372‧‧‧FPC

373‧‧‧IC 373‧‧‧IC

400‧‧‧顯示裝置 400‧‧‧Display device

410‧‧‧像素 410‧‧‧pixels

451‧‧‧開口 451‧‧‧Opening

501B‧‧‧絕緣膜 501B‧‧‧Insulating Film

560‧‧‧基板 560‧‧‧Substrate

571‧‧‧絕緣膜 571‧‧‧Insulating film

572‧‧‧絕緣膜 572‧‧‧Insulating film

575‧‧‧接近度感測器 575‧‧‧Proximity Sensor

576‧‧‧開口部 576‧‧‧Opening

723‧‧‧電極 723‧‧‧Electrode

724a‧‧‧電極 724a‧‧‧electrode

724b‧‧‧電極 724b‧‧‧electrode

726‧‧‧絕緣層 726‧‧‧Insulation

727‧‧‧絕緣層 727‧‧‧Insulation

728‧‧‧絕緣層 728‧‧‧Insulation

729‧‧‧絕緣層 729‧‧‧Insulation

741‧‧‧絕緣層 741‧‧‧Insulating layer

742‧‧‧半導體層 742‧‧‧Semiconductor layer

744a‧‧‧電極 744a‧‧‧electrode

744b‧‧‧電極 744b‧‧‧electrode

746‧‧‧電極 746‧‧‧Electrode

755‧‧‧雜質 755‧‧‧Impurities

771‧‧‧基板 771‧‧‧Substrate

772‧‧‧絕緣層 772‧‧‧Insulating layer

780‧‧‧液晶元件 780‧‧‧LCD element

781‧‧‧電極 781‧‧‧Electrodes

782‧‧‧電極 782‧‧‧Electrodes

783‧‧‧液晶層 783‧‧‧Liquid crystal layer

785a‧‧‧配向膜 785a‧‧‧Alignment Film

785b‧‧‧配向膜 785b‧‧‧Alignment Film

810‧‧‧電晶體 810‧‧‧Transistor

811‧‧‧電晶體 811‧‧‧Transistor

820‧‧‧電晶體 820‧‧‧Transistor

821‧‧‧電晶體 821‧‧‧Transistor

825‧‧‧電晶體 825‧‧‧Transistor

826‧‧‧電晶體 826‧‧‧Transistor

830‧‧‧電晶體 830‧‧‧Transistor

831‧‧‧電晶體 831‧‧‧Transistor

840‧‧‧電晶體 840‧‧‧Transistor

841‧‧‧電晶體 841‧‧‧Transistor

842‧‧‧電晶體 842‧‧‧Transistor

843‧‧‧電晶體 843‧‧‧Transistor

844‧‧‧電晶體 844‧‧‧Transistor

845‧‧‧電晶體 845‧‧‧Transistor

845A‧‧‧電晶體 845A‧‧‧Transistor

846‧‧‧電晶體 846‧‧‧Transistor

847‧‧‧電晶體 847‧‧‧Transistor

920‧‧‧電子裝置 920‧‧‧Electronic devices

921a‧‧‧外殼 921a‧‧‧Enclosure

921b‧‧‧外殼 921b‧‧‧Enclosure

922‧‧‧顯示部 922‧‧‧Display

923‧‧‧鉸鏈 923‧‧‧Hinges

950‧‧‧電子裝置 950‧‧‧Electronic devices

952a‧‧‧外殼 952a‧‧‧Enclosure

952b‧‧‧外殼 952b‧‧‧Enclosure

953‧‧‧鉸鏈部 953‧‧‧Hinge

954‧‧‧顯示部 954‧‧‧Display

954a‧‧‧凸部 954a‧‧‧Protrusion

961‧‧‧區域 961‧‧‧ Area

962‧‧‧區域 962‧‧‧ Area

1800‧‧‧可攜式資訊終端 1800‧‧‧Portable Information Terminal

1801‧‧‧外殼 1801‧‧‧Enclosure

1802‧‧‧外殼 1802‧‧‧Enclosure

1803‧‧‧顯示部 1803‧‧‧Display

1804‧‧‧顯示部 1804‧‧‧Display

1805‧‧‧鉸鏈部 1805‧‧‧Hinge

1810‧‧‧可攜式資訊終端 1810‧‧‧Portable Information Terminal

1811‧‧‧外殼 1811‧‧‧Enclosure

1812‧‧‧顯示部 1812‧‧‧Display

1813‧‧‧操作按鈕 1813‧‧‧Operation buttons

1814‧‧‧外部連接埠 1814‧‧‧External port

1815‧‧‧揚聲器 1815‧‧‧Speaker

1816‧‧‧麥克風 1816‧‧‧Microphone

1817‧‧‧照相機 1817‧‧‧Camera

1820‧‧‧照相機 1820‧‧‧Camera

1821‧‧‧外殼 1821‧‧‧Enclosure

1822‧‧‧顯示部 1822‧‧‧Display

1823‧‧‧操作按鈕 1823‧‧‧Operation buttons

1824‧‧‧快門按鈕 1824‧‧‧Shutter button

1826‧‧‧鏡頭 1826‧‧‧Lens

1830‧‧‧電視機 1830‧‧‧TV

1831‧‧‧顯示部 1831‧‧‧Display

1832‧‧‧外殼 1832‧‧‧Enclosure

1833‧‧‧揚聲器 1833‧‧‧Speakers

1834‧‧‧遙控器 1834‧‧‧Remote control

1840‧‧‧數位看板 1840‧‧‧Digital signage

1841‧‧‧顯示部 1841‧‧‧Display

1842‧‧‧柱子 1842‧‧‧Pillars

1850‧‧‧個人電腦 1850‧‧‧PC

1851‧‧‧顯示部 1851‧‧‧Display

1852‧‧‧外殼 1852‧‧‧Enclosure

1853‧‧‧觸控板 1853‧‧‧Touchpad

1854‧‧‧連接埠 1854‧‧‧Ports

1855‧‧‧輸入鍵 1855‧‧‧Enter key

6000‧‧‧顯示模組 6000‧‧‧Display Module

6001‧‧‧上蓋 6001‧‧‧Cover

6002‧‧‧下蓋 6002‧‧‧Lower cover

6005‧‧‧FPC 6005‧‧‧FPC

6006‧‧‧顯示面板 6006‧‧‧Display Panel

6009‧‧‧框架 6009‧‧‧Frame

6010‧‧‧印刷電路板 6010‧‧‧Printed circuit board

6011‧‧‧電池 6011‧‧‧Battery

6015‧‧‧發光部 6015‧‧‧Light-emitting part

6016‧‧‧受光部 6016‧‧‧Light Receiver

6017a‧‧‧導光部 6017a‧‧‧Light guide

6017b‧‧‧導光部 6017b‧‧‧Light guide

6018‧‧‧光 6018‧‧‧Light

在圖式中:圖1A及圖1B是說明顯示裝置的圖;圖2A至圖2F是說明防反射層的圖; 圖3是說明顯示裝置的圖;圖4是說明觸控感測器的結構的圖;圖5A及圖5B是說明觸控感測器的結構的圖;圖6A至圖6D是說明驅動電路和FPC的連接例子的圖;圖7A至圖7C是說明空轉停止(IDS:idling stop)驅動的圖;圖8A至圖8E是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖9A至圖9D是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖10A至圖10C是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖11是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖12A至圖12E是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖13A至圖13E是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖14A至圖14D是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖15A至圖15C是說明顯示裝置的製造方法的圖;圖16是說明像素單元的圖;圖17A至圖17C是說明像素單元的圖;圖18A、圖18B1及圖18B2是說明顯示裝置的電路的圖以及像素的俯視圖;圖19是說明顯示裝置的電路的圖;圖20A及圖20B是說明顯示裝置的電路的圖以及像素的俯視圖;圖21是說明顯示裝置的結構的圖;圖22是說明顯示裝置的結構的圖;圖23是金屬氧化物的構成的概念圖;圖24是說明樣本的XRD譜的測定結果的圖;圖25A及圖25B是說明樣本的TEM影像,圖25C至圖25L是說明電子繞射圖案的圖;圖26A至圖26C是說明樣本的EDX面分析影像的圖;圖27A及圖27B是說明液晶元件的工作的圖;圖28A1、圖28A2、圖28B1、圖28B2、圖28C1及圖28C2是說明電晶體的圖; 圖29A1、圖29A2、圖29B1、圖29B2、圖29C1及圖29C2是說明電晶體的圖;圖30A1、圖30A2、圖30A3、圖30B1及圖30B2是說明電晶體的圖;圖31A1、圖31A2、圖31B1及圖31B2是說明電晶體的圖;圖32A1、圖32A2、圖32A3、圖32B1、圖32B2、圖32C1及圖32C2是說明電晶體的圖;圖33A1、圖33A2、圖33B1、圖33B2、圖33C1及圖33C2是說明電晶體的圖;圖34A1及圖34A2是說明電晶體的圖;圖35A及圖35B是說明顯示模組的結構例子的圖;圖36A至圖36D是說明電子裝置的圖;圖37A至圖37C是說明電子裝置的圖;圖38是說明電子裝置的圖;圖39A及圖39B是說明電子裝置的圖;圖40A及圖40B是說明電子裝置的圖。 In the drawings: FIGS. 1A and 1B are diagrams illustrating a display device; FIGS. 2A to 2F are diagrams illustrating an anti-reflection layer; FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a display device; FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating the structure of a touch sensor 5A and 5B are diagrams illustrating the structure of the touch sensor; FIGS. 6A to 6D are diagrams illustrating connection examples of the driving circuit and the FPC; 8A to 8E are diagrams illustrating a method of manufacturing a display device; FIGS. 9A to 9D are diagrams illustrating a method of manufacturing a display device; FIGS. 10A to 10C are diagrams illustrating a method of manufacturing a display device 11 is a diagram illustrating the manufacturing method of the display device; FIG. 12A to FIG. 12E are diagrams illustrating the manufacturing method of the display device; FIG. 13A to FIG. 13E are diagrams illustrating the manufacturing method of the display device; 15A to 15C are diagrams illustrating a method of manufacturing a display device; FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a pixel unit; FIGS. 17A to 17C are diagrams illustrating a pixel unit; 18B2 is a diagram illustrating a circuit of the display device and a plan view of a pixel; FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating a circuit of the display device; FIGS. 20A and 20B are a diagram illustrating the circuit of the display device and a plan view of the pixel; FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating the structure of a display device; FIG. 23 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the structure of a metal oxide; FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating the measurement result of the XRD spectrum of the sample; 25C to 25L are diagrams illustrating electron diffraction patterns; FIGS. 26A to 26C are diagrams illustrating EDX surface analysis images of the samples; FIGS. 27A and 27B are diagrams illustrating the operation of the liquid crystal element; , Figure 28A2, Figure 28B1, Figure 28B2, Figure 28C1 and Figure 28C2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; Figures 29A1, 29A2, Figure 29B1, Figure 29B2, Figure 29C1 and Figure 29C2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; 30A2, 30A3, 30B1, and 30B2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; FIGS. 31A1, 31A2, 31B1, and 31B2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; Figures 32C1 and 32C2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; Figures 33A1, 33A2, 33B1, 33B2, 33C1, and 33C2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; Figures 34A1 and 34A2 are diagrams illustrating transistors; Figure 35A 35B is a diagram illustrating a structural example of a display module; FIGS. 36A to 36D are diagrams illustrating electronic devices; FIGS. 37A to 37C are diagrams illustrating electronic devices; FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating electronic devices; 39B is a diagram illustrating an electronic device; and FIGS. 40A and 40B are diagrams illustrating an electronic device.

參照圖式對實施方式進行詳細說明。注意,本發明不侷限於下面說明,所屬技術領域的通常知識者可以很容易地理解一個事實就是其方式及詳細內容在不脫離本發明的精神及其範圍的情況下可以被變換為各種各樣的形式。因此,本發明不應該被解釋為僅限定在以下所示的實施方式所記載的內容中。 Embodiments are described in detail with reference to the drawings. Note that the present invention is not limited to the following description, and it can be easily understood by those skilled in the art that the mode and details thereof can be changed in various ways without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. form. Therefore, the present invention should not be construed as being limited only to the contents described in the embodiments shown below.

注意,在下面說明的發明結構中,在不同的圖式中共同使用相同的元件符號來表示相同的部分或具有相同功能的部分,而省略反復說明。此外,當表示具有相同功能的部分時有時使用相同的陰影線,而不特別附加元件符號。 Note that in the structure of the invention described below, the same reference numerals are commonly used in different drawings to denote the same parts or parts having the same function, and repeated description is omitted. In addition, the same hatching is sometimes used when denoting parts having the same function without particularly attaching reference symbols.

注意,在本說明書所說明的各個圖式中,有時為了明確起見,誇大表示各組件的大小、層的厚度、區域。因此,本發明並不侷限於圖式中的尺寸。 Note that, in each of the drawings described in this specification, the size of each component, the thickness of layers, and the region are sometimes exaggerated for clarity. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the dimensions in the drawings.

在本說明書等中使用的“第一”、“第二”等序數詞是為了避免組件的混淆而附記的,而不是為了在數目方面上進行限定的。 The ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" used in this specification and the like are appended to avoid confusion of components, and are not intended to be limited in terms of numbers.

實施方式1 Embodiment 1

在本實施方式中,參照圖1A至圖7C說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置。 In this embodiment, a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1A to 7C .

〈1-1.顯示裝置的結構例子1〉 <1-1. Configuration Example 1 of Display Device>

本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置包括第一基板、第二基板、第一顯示元件、第二顯示元件、輸入裝置以及驅動電路。 A display device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a first substrate, a second substrate, a first display element, a second display element, an input device, and a driving circuit.

第一顯示元件具有反射可見光的功能,第二顯示元件具有發射可見光的功能。因此,例如在強光下使第一顯示元件工作,而在弱光下使第二顯示元件工作,由此能夠以低功耗進行高可見度的顯示。 The first display element has a function of reflecting visible light, and the second display element has a function of emitting visible light. Therefore, for example, by operating the first display element under strong light and operating the second display element under weak light, it is possible to perform high-visibility display with low power consumption.

第一顯示元件、第二顯示元件及輸入裝置設置在第一基板的第一面與第二基板的第一面之間。在第二基板的與第一面對置的第二面上設置有防反射層。由此,即使在強光下也可以充分抑制顯示面的外光反射,從而可以進一步提高可見度。 The first display element, the second display element and the input device are arranged between the first surface of the first substrate and the first surface of the second substrate. An anti-reflection layer is provided on the second surface of the second substrate facing the first surface. Accordingly, even under strong light, reflection of external light on the display surface can be sufficiently suppressed, and visibility can be further improved.

圖1A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的圖。圖1A所示的顯示裝置10包括第一基板11、第二基板12、層20、驅動電路30、FPC31及FPC32。 FIG. 1A is a diagram illustrating a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The display device 10 shown in FIG. 1A includes a first substrate 11 , a second substrate 12 , a layer 20 , a driving circuit 30 , an FPC 31 and an FPC 32 .

作為第一基板11及第二基板12,例如可以使用玻璃基板。或者,也可以使用具有撓性的樹脂基板。此外,在顯示裝置10中,第二基板12一側為顯示側(觀看側),由此至少作為第二基板12使用具有透光性的材料。 As the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 , for example, glass substrates can be used. Alternatively, a flexible resin substrate may be used. Further, in the display device 10 , the second substrate 12 side is the display side (viewing side), and thus a material having light transmittance is used as at least the second substrate 12 .

另外,在第二基板12的第一面和第二面中的兩者上或第二面上設置有防反射層13。防反射層13例如可以具有圖2A至圖2F所示的結構。 In addition, an antireflection layer 13 is provided on both of the first surface and the second surface of the second substrate 12 or on the second surface. The anti-reflection layer 13 may have, for example, the structure shown in FIGS. 2A to 2F .

圖2A示出在顯示裝置10的頂面的第二基板12的第二面上設置有具有透光性的介電質層13a的例子。當作為介電質層13a設置適當厚度的多個介電質層時,可以藉由利用光的干涉效果抑制反射光。玻璃基板的一個表面的反射率是4%至5%左右。藉由在第二基板12的第二面上設置具有透光性的介電質層13a,能夠將該反射率降低到0.05%至0.5%左右。 FIG. 2A shows an example in which a light-transmitting dielectric layer 13 a is provided on the second surface of the second substrate 12 on the top surface of the display device 10 . When a plurality of dielectric layers having an appropriate thickness are provided as the dielectric layer 13a, reflected light can be suppressed by utilizing the interference effect of light. The reflectance of one surface of the glass substrate is about 4% to 5%. By providing the light-transmitting dielectric layer 13a on the second surface of the second substrate 12, the reflectance can be reduced to about 0.05% to 0.5%.

另外,如圖2B所示,藉由還在第二基板12的第一面上設置具有透光性的介電質層13b,可以抑制玻璃基板的背面側的反射率。此時,能夠將第二基板12的表面和背面的反射率降低到0.1%至1.0%左右。因此,可以抑制外光反射,而提高顯示的可見度。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 2B , by further providing a light-transmitting dielectric layer 13 b on the first surface of the second substrate 12 , the reflectance on the back surface side of the glass substrate can be suppressed. At this time, the reflectance of the front and back surfaces of the second substrate 12 can be reduced to about 0.1% to 1.0%. Therefore, external light reflection can be suppressed, and the visibility of the display can be improved.

或者,如圖2C所示,也可以在第二基板12的第二面上設置由微小突起形成的抗閃光圖案13c。藉由使用抗閃光圖案13c可以使反射光散射,由此可以易於看到利用反射型顯示元件的顯示。此外,可以不容易被指紋等弄髒。此外,雖然圖2C示出對第二基板12的第二面進行加工形成抗閃光圖案13c的例子,但是如圖2D所示,也可以將形成有抗閃光圖案的薄膜13d貼合到第二基板12的第二面上。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 2C , an anti-glare pattern 13 c formed of minute protrusions may be provided on the second surface of the second substrate 12 . By using the anti-glare pattern 13c, the reflected light can be scattered, whereby the display using the reflective display element can be easily seen. In addition, it may not be easily soiled by fingerprints or the like. In addition, although FIG. 2C shows an example in which the second surface of the second substrate 12 is processed to form the anti-glare pattern 13c, as shown in FIG. 2D, the thin film 13d on which the anti-glare pattern is formed may also be attached to the second substrate 12 on the second side.

設置在抗閃光圖案13c中的微細突起例如可以使用包含矽及氧的 二氧化矽粒子等形成。該二氧化矽粒子的粒徑為1μm以上且100μm以下,較佳為3μm以上且50μm以下。 The fine protrusions provided in the anti-glare pattern 13c can be formed using, for example, silicon dioxide particles containing silicon and oxygen. The particle diameter of the silica particles is 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 3 μm or more and 50 μm or less.

另外,如圖2E所示,也可以組合抗閃光圖案13c和介電質層13b。此外,如圖2F所示,也可以組合形成有抗閃光圖案的薄膜13d和介電質層13b。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 2E, the anti-glare pattern 13c and the dielectric layer 13b may be combined. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 2F , the thin film 13d on which the anti-glare pattern is formed and the dielectric layer 13b may be combined.

再次進行圖1A及圖1B的說明。在第一基板11與第二基板12之間設置有層20。參照圖1B說明層20。圖1B相當於圖1A所示的位置X1-X2的放大剖面圖。層20包括元件層21、元件層22、輸入裝置25及黏合層26。 The description of FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B is performed again. A layer 20 is provided between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 . Layer 20 will be described with reference to FIG. 1B . FIG. 1B corresponds to an enlarged cross-sectional view of the position X1 - X2 shown in FIG. 1A . The layer 20 includes an element layer 21 , an element layer 22 , an input device 25 and an adhesive layer 26 .

元件層21包括FET層21a、LC層21b、LC層21b_LC及OLED層21c。FET層21a包括構成像素電路的電晶體等。LC層21b包括第一顯示元件的一部分,LC層21b_LC包括第一顯示元件的其他部分。此外,第一顯示元件由LC層21b及LC層21b_LC構成。OLED層21c包括第二顯示元件。第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件與FET層21a所包括的電晶體電連接。 The element layer 21 includes an FET layer 21a, an LC layer 21b, an LC layer 21b_LC, and an OLED layer 21c. The FET layer 21a includes transistors and the like constituting a pixel circuit. The LC layer 21b includes a part of the first display element, and the LC layer 21b_LC includes the other part of the first display element. In addition, the first display element is composed of the LC layer 21b and the LC layer 21b_LC. The OLED layer 21c includes the second display element. The first display element and the second display element are electrically connected to the transistor included in the FET layer 21a.

作為第一顯示元件,例如可以使用反射型液晶元件。作為第二顯示元件,例如可以使用發光元件。反射型液晶元件即使在晴天的陽光下也可以進行功耗低且可見度高的顯示。發光元件可以在室內光下或陰天的室外進行可見度高的顯示。 As the first display element, for example, a reflective liquid crystal element can be used. As the second display element, for example, a light-emitting element can be used. Reflective liquid crystal elements can perform displays with low power consumption and high visibility even under clear sunlight. The light-emitting element can be displayed with high visibility under indoor light or outdoors on a cloudy day.

反射型液晶元件較佳為使用賓主液晶模式驅動。藉由使用賓主液晶模式,可以提供反射型顯示元件而不使用偏光板。由於不使用偏光板,所以實現液晶裝置的明亮的顯示。注意,本發明的一個實施方式的反射型液晶元件不侷限於賓主液晶模式,也可以使用TN(Twisted Nematic:扭曲向列)模式、OCB(Optically Compensated Birefringence: 光學補償雙折射)模式、垂直配向(VA)模式等驅動方法驅動。 The reflective liquid crystal element is preferably driven in a guest-host liquid crystal mode. By using the guest-host liquid crystal mode, it is possible to provide a reflective display element without using a polarizing plate. Since a polarizing plate is not used, bright display of the liquid crystal device is realized. Note that the reflective liquid crystal element according to one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the guest-host liquid crystal mode, and a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence: optically compensated birefringence) mode, a vertical alignment ( VA) mode and other driving methods.

藉由使用圖1A及圖1B所示的結構,可以提供一種無論外光強度如何都能夠進行高可見度顯示的顯示裝置。尤其是,該顯示裝置在強光下也具有良好的可見度且能夠以低功耗進行工作。 By using the structures shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , it is possible to provide a display device capable of high-visibility display regardless of the intensity of external light. In particular, the display device has good visibility under strong light and can operate with low power consumption.

在圖1A及圖1B所示的顯示裝置10中,在第二基板12一側設置有防反射層13、輸入裝置25及元件層22。藉由採用該結構,可以經過簡易的製程形成第二基板12。因此,可以降低製造成本。此外,藉由使第二基板12為薄膜基板(例如,厚度小於0.7mm,較佳為0.1mm以上且0.5mm以下,更佳為0.1mm以上且0.3mm以下),可以減去使第二基板12減薄的製程,典型的是拋光製程。藉由減去拋光製程,可以提高顯示裝置10的良率。 In the display device 10 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , the antireflection layer 13 , the input device 25 , and the element layer 22 are provided on the second substrate 12 side. By adopting this structure, the second substrate 12 can be formed through a simple process. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. In addition, by making the second substrate 12 a thin film substrate (for example, the thickness is less than 0.7 mm, preferably 0.1 mm or more and 0.5 mm or less, more preferably 0.1 mm or more and 0.3 mm or less), the second substrate can be reduced 12 The thinning process is typically a polishing process. By subtracting the polishing process, the yield of the display device 10 can be improved.

作為輸入裝置25,例如可以使用靜電電容型觸控感測器。輸入裝置25與顯示部重疊,且具有將使用者觸摸顯示部的動作轉換為電信號而輸出的功能。 As the input device 25, for example, an electrostatic capacitance type touch sensor can be used. The input device 25 overlaps the display unit, and has a function of converting the user's action of touching the display unit into an electrical signal and outputting it.

輸入裝置25可以設置在第二基板12的第一面上。或者,輸入裝置25也可以設置在上述介電質層13b上。在靜電電容型觸控感測器中,作為佈線及電極可以使用透光導電膜,但是較佳為使用金屬絲網(metal mesh)。該金屬絲網具有低電阻,由此可以被用於大型顯示裝置中。此外,一般而言,金屬是反射率大的材料,但是藉由氧化處理可以為暗色。由此,即使從第二基板一側觀看時也可以抑制外光反射所導致的可見度下降。 The input device 25 may be provided on the first surface of the second substrate 12 . Alternatively, the input device 25 may be provided on the above-mentioned dielectric layer 13b. In the electrostatic capacitance type touch sensor, a light-transmitting conductive film can be used as wiring and electrodes, but metal mesh is preferably used. The wire mesh has low resistance, and thus can be used in large-scale display devices. In addition, in general, metal is a material with high reflectance, but can be darkened by oxidation treatment. Thus, even when viewed from the side of the second substrate, it is possible to suppress a decrease in visibility caused by reflection of external light.

圖4是示出設置在基板上的靜電電容型觸控感測器的一個例子的圖,其放大示出觸控感測器的一部分。圖5A是觸控感測器的俯視圖,該觸控感測器包括接近度感測器。圖5B是沿著圖5A的截斷線X3-X4 的剖面圖。被設置該觸控感測器的基板可以為圖1A及圖1B等所示的第二基板12。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of an electrostatic capacitance type touch sensor provided on a substrate, and a part of the touch sensor is shown enlarged. 5A is a top view of a touch sensor including a proximity sensor. FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken along line X3-X4 of FIG. 5A . The substrate on which the touch sensor is disposed may be the second substrate 12 shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B and the like.

圖5B所示的絕緣膜501B相當於圖1A及圖1B等所示的黏合層26。此外,絕緣膜572包括夾在絕緣膜501B與接近度感測器575之間的區域。 The insulating film 501B shown in FIG. 5B corresponds to the adhesive layer 26 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B and the like. Further, the insulating film 572 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 501B and the proximity sensor 575 .

可以將檢測靠近的物件所帶來的靜電電容、照度、磁力、電波或壓力等的變化並供應基於檢測出的物理量的信號的檢測元件用作接近度感測器575。 As the proximity sensor 575 , a detection element that detects changes in electrostatic capacitance, illuminance, magnetic force, radio waves, pressure, etc. caused by an approaching object and supplies a signal based on the detected physical quantity can be used.

例如,可以將導電膜、光電轉換元件、磁檢測元件、壓電元件或諧振器等用作檢測元件。 For example, a conductive film, a photoelectric conversion element, a magnetic detection element, a piezoelectric element, a resonator, or the like can be used as the detection element.

例如,可以將檢測電路用作接近度感測器575,該檢測電路具有供應基於寄生在導電膜中的靜電電容而變化的信號的功能。可以將控制信號供應給第一電極,且檢測基於被供應的控制信號及靜電電容而變化的第二電極的電位或電流等並將其作為檢測信號而供應。由此,藉由利用靜電電容的變化可以檢測在大氣中靠近於導電膜的指頭等。 For example, as the proximity sensor 575, a detection circuit having a function of supplying a signal that varies based on an electrostatic capacitance parasitic in the conductive film may be used. A control signal may be supplied to the first electrode, and a potential or current of the second electrode that changes based on the supplied control signal and electrostatic capacitance may be detected and supplied as a detection signal. Thereby, by utilizing the change in electrostatic capacitance, it is possible to detect a finger or the like approaching the conductive film in the atmosphere.

例如,可以將第一電極C1(g)及第二電極C2(h)用於接近度感測器575(參照圖4及圖5A)。第二電極C2(h)具有不與第一電極C1(g)重疊的部分。g及h為1以上的自然數。 For example, the first electrode C1(g) and the second electrode C2(h) may be used for the proximity sensor 575 (see FIGS. 4 and 5A ). The second electrode C2(h) has a portion that does not overlap with the first electrode C1(g). g and h are natural numbers of 1 or more.

明確而言,可以將與延伸在行方向(在圖式中以R表示的箭頭的方向)上的控制線CL(g)電連接的第一電極C1(g)以及與延伸在與行方向交叉的列方向(在圖式中以C表示的箭頭的方向)上的信號線ML(h)電連接的第二電極C2(h)用於接近度感測器575。 Specifically, the first electrode C1(g), which is electrically connected to the control line CL(g) extending in the row direction (the direction of the arrow indicated by R in the drawing), and the first electrode C1(g) extending in the row direction cross The second electrode C2(h) to which the signal line ML(h) is electrically connected in the column direction of (the direction of the arrow indicated by C in the drawing) is used for the proximity sensor 575 .

例如,可以將在與像素重疊的區域中具有透光區域的導電膜用於第一電極C1(g)或第二電極C2(h)。 For example, a conductive film having a light-transmitting region in a region overlapping with a pixel may be used for the first electrode C1 (g) or the second electrode C2 (h).

例如,可以將在與像素重疊的區域中具有開口部576的網狀導電膜用於第一電極C1(g)或第二電極C2(h)。 For example, a mesh-shaped conductive film having openings 576 in regions overlapping with the pixels can be used for the first electrode C1 (g) or the second electrode C2 (h).

控制線CL(g)具備佈線BR(g,h)。控制線CL(g)在佈線BR(g,h)中與信號線ML(h)交叉(參照圖5B)。 The control line CL(g) includes the wiring BR(g, h). The control line CL(g) intersects the signal line ML(h) in the wiring BR(g, h) (see FIG. 5B ).

例如,可以將疊層膜用於第一電極C1(g)、第二電極C2(h)、控制線CL(g)、信號線ML(h)及佈線BR(g,h)。例如,可以使用以導電膜CL(g)A夾在暗色膜CL(g)B與像素之間的方式層疊導電膜CL(g)A與暗色膜CL(g)B而成的疊層膜。 For example, a laminated film can be used for the first electrode C1(g), the second electrode C2(h), the control line CL(g), the signal line ML(h), and the wiring BR(g,h). For example, a laminated film in which the conductive film CL(g)A and the dark film CL(g)B are laminated such that the conductive film CL(g)A is sandwiched between the dark film CL(g)B and the pixel can be used.

在此,較佳為將可見光反射率比導電膜CL(g)A低的膜用於暗色膜CL(g)B。 Here, it is preferable to use a film whose visible light reflectance is lower than that of the conductive film CL(g)A for the dark color film CL(g)B.

另外,作為佈線BR(g,h),可以使用層疊導電膜BR(g,h)A與暗色膜BR(g,h)B而成的疊層膜。較佳為將可見光反射率比導電膜BR(g,h)A低的膜用於暗色膜BR(g,h)B。 In addition, as the wiring BR(g, h), a laminated film in which the conductive film BR(g, h)A and the dark film BR(g, h)B are laminated can be used. It is preferable to use a film whose visible light reflectance is lower than that of the conductive film BR(g,h)A for the dark film BR(g,h)B.

由此,可以降低第一電極C1(g)、第二電極C2(h)、控制線CL(g)、信號線ML(h)及佈線BR(g,h)所引起的可見光的反射。其結果是,可以強調顯示部的顯示,由此可以進行良好的顯示。 Thereby, the reflection of visible light by the first electrode C1(g), the second electrode C2(h), the control line CL(g), the signal line ML(h), and the wiring BR(g, h) can be reduced. As a result, the display on the display unit can be emphasized, whereby favorable display can be performed.

例如,可以將如下所示的材料用於導電膜CL(g)A及導電膜BR(g,h)A。 For example, the materials shown below can be used for the conductive film CL(g)A and the conductive film BR(g, h)A.

另外,可以將包含氧化銅的膜、包含氯化銅、氯化碲或氧化鎳的 膜等用於暗色膜CL(g)B及暗色膜BR(g,h)B。此外,暗色膜CL(g)B及暗色膜BR(g,h)B也可以使用Ag粒子、Ag纖維、Cu粒子等金屬微粒、碳奈米管(CNT)、石墨烯等奈米碳粒子或PEDOT、聚苯胺、聚吡咯等導電高分子形成。 In addition, a film containing copper oxide, a film containing copper chloride, tellurium chloride, or nickel oxide, or the like can be used for the dark film CL(g)B and the dark film BR(g, h)B. In addition, the dark film CL(g)B and the dark film BR(g, h)B can also use metal particles such as Ag particles, Ag fibers, and Cu particles, carbon nanotubes (CNT), graphene and other nanocarbon particles or PEDOT, polyaniline, polypyrrole and other conductive polymers are formed.

另外,接近度感測器575在佈線BR(g,h)與信號線ML(h)之間包括絕緣膜571。由此,可以防止佈線BR(g,h)與信號線ML(h)之間發生短路。 In addition, the proximity sensor 575 includes an insulating film 571 between the wiring BR(g, h) and the signal line ML(h). Thereby, short-circuiting between the wiring BR(g, h) and the signal line ML(h) can be prevented.

再次進行圖1A及圖1B的說明。輸入裝置25具有與第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件重疊的結構。輸入裝置25可以藉由與電晶體、第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件不同的製程來製造,因此可以提高每一個部件的良率。 The description of FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B is performed again. The input device 25 has a structure overlapping the first display element and the second display element. The input device 25 can be manufactured by a different process than the transistor, the first display element, and the second display element, thus improving the yield of each component.

驅動電路30可以具有對第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件供應影像資料的作為源極驅動器的功能,還可以具有控制輸入裝置25的功能。驅動電路30例如可以藉由安裝使用矽晶圓形成的IC晶片來設置。或者,也可以使用設置在第一基板11上的電晶體形成驅動電路30。 The driving circuit 30 may have a function as a source driver for supplying image data to the first display element and the second display element, and may also have a function of controlling the input device 25 . The driver circuit 30 can be provided by, for example, mounting an IC chip formed using a silicon wafer. Alternatively, the driving circuit 30 may be formed using a transistor provided on the first substrate 11 .

另外,雖然圖1A及圖1B示出利用COG安裝裸晶片(bare chip)作為驅動電路30的方式,但是也可以利用TCP或COF(Chip on Film)進行安裝。 1A and FIG. 1B illustrate a method of mounting a bare chip as the driver circuit 30 by using COG, it may be mounted by TCP or COF (Chip on Film).

驅動電路30藉由FPC31與供應影像資料的電路等電連接。此外,輸入裝置25藉由FPC32與驅動電路30電連接。 The drive circuit 30 is electrically connected to a circuit or the like for supplying image data through the FPC 31 . In addition, the input device 25 is electrically connected to the driving circuit 30 through the FPC 32 .

圖6A至圖6D是說明驅動電路30、FPC31和FPC32的電連接的圖。 6A to 6D are diagrams illustrating the electrical connection of the drive circuit 30 , the FPC 31 , and the FPC 32 .

圖6A示出驅動電路30具有對第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件供應 影像資料的作為源極驅動器的功能以及控制輸入裝置25的功能時的例子。此時,驅動電路30可以藉由佈線33a與FPC31電連接。此外,驅動電路30可以藉由佈線33b與FPC32電連接。 FIG. 6A shows an example in which the driver circuit 30 has a function as a source driver for supplying video data to the first display element and the second display element and a function of controlling the input device 25. As shown in FIG. At this time, the drive circuit 30 can be electrically connected to the FPC 31 through the wiring 33a. In addition, the drive circuit 30 may be electrically connected to the FPC 32 through the wiring 33b.

圖6B示出將驅動電路30分割成兩個的例子。在此,驅動電路30a具有對第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件供應影像資料的作為源極驅動器的功能。驅動電路30b具有控制輸入裝置25的功能。此時,驅動電路30a可以藉由佈線33a與FPC31電連接。驅動電路30b可以藉由佈線33b與FPC32電連接。 FIG. 6B shows an example in which the drive circuit 30 is divided into two. Here, the driver circuit 30a has a function as a source driver for supplying image data to the first display element and the second display element. The drive circuit 30 b has a function of controlling the input device 25 . At this time, the drive circuit 30a can be electrically connected to the FPC 31 through the wiring 33a. The drive circuit 30b can be electrically connected to the FPC 32 through the wiring 33b.

另外,如圖6C所示,驅動電路30a和驅動電路30b也可以藉由佈線33c彼此電連接。此外,如圖6D所示,FPC31和FPC32也可以藉由佈線33d彼此電連接。藉由採用該結構,可以減少用來供應電源電壓或信號的佈線。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 6C , the driving circuit 30a and the driving circuit 30b may be electrically connected to each other by the wiring 33c. In addition, as shown in FIG. 6D, the FPC 31 and the FPC 32 may also be electrically connected to each other by the wiring 33d. By adopting this structure, wiring for supplying power supply voltage or signal can be reduced.

再次進行圖1A及圖1B的說明。作為設置在FET層21a中的電晶體,較佳為使用在通道區域中包含金屬氧化物的電晶體(以下稱為OS電晶體)。OS電晶體的關態電流極小,所以其可以長期間地保持作為影像資料寫入到的電位。由此,在多個圖框期間中,不需要寫入新的影像資料而能夠維持影像顯示,亦即,可以實現所謂的空轉停止(idling stop)驅動。 The description of FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B is performed again. As the transistor provided in the FET layer 21a, a transistor containing a metal oxide in a channel region (hereinafter referred to as an OS transistor) is preferably used. The off-state current of the OS transistor is extremely small, so it can maintain the potential written as image data for a long period of time. As a result, during a plurality of frame periods, the image display can be maintained without writing new image data, that is, so-called idling stop driving can be realized.

在空轉停止驅動中,能夠保持寫入到像素中的影像資料2圖框期間以上。據此,可以減少影像資料的重寫頻率,而可以降低功耗。 During the idling stop drive, the image data written in the pixels can be held for more than 2 frame periods. Accordingly, the rewriting frequency of the image data can be reduced, and the power consumption can be reduced.

由於可以用作第一顯示元件的反射型液晶元件不需要背光,所以像素部的功耗等於電路工作的功耗。因此,尤其較佳為對包括第一顯示元件的像素採用空轉停止驅動,此時可以將像素部的功耗與重寫頻率成正比地降低。 Since the reflective liquid crystal element that can be used as the first display element does not require a backlight, the power consumption of the pixel portion is equal to the power consumption of the circuit operation. Therefore, it is particularly preferable to use idling stop driving for the pixel including the first display element, and in this case, the power consumption of the pixel portion can be reduced in proportion to the rewriting frequency.

參照圖7A至圖7C說明上述空轉停止驅動的一個例子。 An example of the above-described idling stop driving will be described with reference to FIGS. 7A to 7C .

圖7A示出由液晶元件35及像素電路36構成的像素的電路圖。圖7A示出與信號線SL及閘極線GL連接的電晶體M1、電容元件CsLC及液晶元件LC。 FIG. 7A shows a circuit diagram of a pixel constituted by the liquid crystal element 35 and the pixel circuit 36 . FIG. 7A shows the transistor M1, the capacitive element Cs LC , and the liquid crystal element LC connected to the signal line SL and the gate line GL.

圖7B是示出不是空轉停止驅動的通常驅動模式時的分別供應給信號線SL及閘極線GL的信號的波形的時序圖。在通常驅動模式中,可以以通常的圖框頻率(例如60Hz)進行工作。 7B is a timing chart showing the waveforms of the signals supplied to the signal line SL and the gate line GL, respectively, in the normal driving mode in which the idling stop driving is not performed. In the normal drive mode, it is possible to operate at the normal frame frequency (eg 60 Hz).

當以T1、T2和T3表示上述圖框頻率的連續圖框的各期間時,在各圖框期間中對閘極線供應掃描信號,進行將信號線的資料D1寫入像素的工作。無論在期間T1、T2和T3中寫入相同資料D1還是寫入不同資料,都進行上述工作。 When T1, T2, and T3 denote the respective periods of the consecutive frames of the above - mentioned frame frequency, a scanning signal is supplied to the gate line in each frame period, and the data D1 of the signal line is written into the pixel. Work. The above operation is performed regardless of whether the same data D1 or different data are written in the periods T1, T2 and T3 .

圖7C是示出空轉停止驅動時的分別供應給信號線SL及閘極線GL的信號的波形的時序圖。在空轉停止驅動中,可以以低圖框頻率(例如1Hz)進行工作。 7C is a timing chart showing the waveforms of the signals supplied to the signal line SL and the gate line GL, respectively, at the time of idling stop driving. In idle-stop driving, it is possible to operate at a low frame frequency (eg, 1 Hz).

在圖7C中,以T1表示上述圖框頻率的圖框期間,其中以TW表示資料寫入期間,以TRET表示資料保持期間。在空轉停止驅動中,在期間TW對閘極線供應掃描信號,將信號線的資料D1寫入像素,在期間TRET將閘極線固定為低位準電壓,使電晶體M1處於非導通狀態來將已寫入的資料D1保持在像素中。 In FIG. 7C , the frame period of the above-mentioned frame frequency is represented by T 1 , wherein the data writing period is represented by TW , and the data retention period is represented by T RET . In the idling stop driving, a scan signal is supplied to the gate line during the period TW , the data D1 of the signal line is written into the pixel, and the gate line is fixed to a low level voltage during the period T RET , so that the transistor M1 is non-conductive state to keep the written data D1 in the pixel.

在此,當作為電晶體M1使用OS電晶體時,由於該OS電晶體的低關態電流,可以長時間地保持資料D1。雖然圖7A至圖7C示出使用液晶元件LC的例子,但是在使用有機EL元件等發光元件時也可以與上 述同樣地進行空轉停止驅動。 Here, when an OS transistor is used as the transistor M1, the data D1 can be held for a long time due to the low off-state current of the OS transistor. Although FIGS. 7A to 7C show an example in which a liquid crystal element LC is used, it is also possible to perform idling stop driving in the same manner as described above when a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is used.

另外,在圖7A所示的電路圖中,液晶元件LC成為資料D1的洩漏路徑。由此,為了適當地進行空轉停止驅動,液晶元件LC的電阻率較佳為1.0×1014Ω.cm以上。 In addition, in the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 7A, the liquid crystal element LC becomes the leakage path of the data D1. Therefore, in order to properly perform idling stop driving, the resistivity of the liquid crystal element LC is preferably 1.0×10 14 Ω. cm or more.

作為用於上述電晶體的金屬氧化物,例如可以使用後面說明的CAC-OS(Cloud-Aligned Composite-Oxide Semiconductor)等。 As the metal oxide used for the above-mentioned transistor, for example, CAC-OS (Cloud-Aligned Composite-Oxide Semiconductor), which will be described later, or the like can be used.

尤其是,較佳為使用其能帶間隙比矽大的氧化物半導體。藉由使用其能帶間隙比矽大且其載子密度比矽小的半導體材料,可以降低電晶體的關閉狀態下的電流。 In particular, it is preferable to use an oxide semiconductor whose energy band gap is larger than that of silicon. By using a semiconductor material that has a larger band gap than silicon and a lower carrier density than silicon, the transistor's off-state current can be reduced.

另外,因為上述電晶體具有低關態電流,所以可以長期間地保持藉由電晶體儲存在電容器中的電荷。藉由將這種電晶體用於像素,可以在維持顯示在各顯示區域上的影像的灰階的同時停止驅動電路。其結果是,可以實現功耗極低的電子裝置。 In addition, since the above-mentioned transistor has a low off-state current, the charge stored in the capacitor by the transistor can be held for a long period of time. By using such a transistor for a pixel, the driving circuit can be stopped while maintaining the grayscale of the image displayed on each display area. As a result, an electronic device with extremely low power consumption can be realized.

另外,用於上述像素或驅動該像素的電路中的電晶體等半導體裝置也可以使用多晶半導體。例如,較佳為使用多晶矽等。與單晶矽相比,多晶矽可以以低溫形成,並且具有比非晶矽高的場效移動率和可靠性。藉由將這種多晶半導體用於像素,可以提高像素的開口率。另外,即使包括極多的像素,也可以將閘極驅動電路和源極驅動電路與像素形成在同一基板上,可以減少構成電子裝置的構件的數量。 In addition, a polycrystalline semiconductor can also be used as a semiconductor device such as a transistor used in the above-mentioned pixel or a circuit for driving the pixel. For example, polysilicon or the like is preferably used. Compared with monocrystalline silicon, polycrystalline silicon can be formed at low temperature and has higher field mobility and reliability than amorphous silicon. By using such a polycrystalline semiconductor for a pixel, the aperture ratio of the pixel can be increased. In addition, even if an extremely large number of pixels are included, the gate driver circuit and the source driver circuit can be formed on the same substrate as the pixels, and the number of components constituting the electronic device can be reduced.

藉由使用上述結構,可以提供一種無論外光強度如何都能夠進行高可見度顯示的顯示裝置。尤其是,該顯示裝置有如下優點:在強光下也具有良好的可見度且能夠以低功耗進行工作。 By using the above structure, it is possible to provide a display device capable of high-visibility display regardless of the intensity of external light. In particular, the display device has the advantages of having good visibility even under strong light and being able to operate with low power consumption.

〈1-2.顯示裝置的結構例子2〉 <1-2. Configuration Example 2 of Display Device>

在圖1A及圖1B所示的顯示裝置10中示出設置在第一基板11與第二基板12之間的層20的一個實施方式,但是不侷限於此。例如,層20也可以採用圖3所示的結構。 One embodiment of the layer 20 provided between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 is shown in the display device 10 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the layer 20 may also adopt the structure shown in FIG. 3 .

圖3相當於與圖1B所示的放大圖不同的圖1A所示的位置X1-X2的放大剖面圖。 FIG. 3 corresponds to an enlarged cross-sectional view of a position X1-X2 shown in FIG. 1A which is different from the enlarged view shown in FIG. 1B .

圖3所示的層20包括元件層21、元件層22、光擴散板23、輸入裝置25及黏合層26、26a。此外,圖3所示的層20的結構與圖1B所示的層20的結構的不同之處在於光擴散板23、輸入裝置25、黏合層26a的結構。其他的組件與圖1B所示的組件相同,並發揮相同的效果。 The layer 20 shown in FIG. 3 includes an element layer 21 , an element layer 22 , a light diffusion plate 23 , an input device 25 and adhesive layers 26 and 26 a. In addition, the structure of the layer 20 shown in FIG. 3 is different from the structure of the layer 20 shown in FIG. 1B in the structures of the light diffusing plate 23 , the input device 25 , and the adhesive layer 26 a . The other components are the same as those shown in FIG. 1B and exert the same effect.

光擴散板23具有使液晶元件的反射電極所反射的光擴散的功能。藉由該功能,即使是反射型液晶元件也可以實現自然發色。此外,可以顯示像白紙的白色。 The light diffusing plate 23 has a function of diffusing the light reflected by the reflective electrodes of the liquid crystal element. This function enables natural color development even in reflective liquid crystal elements. Also, white like white paper can be displayed.

圖3所示的輸入裝置25包括輸入裝置25a、偏光板25b。輸入裝置25a可以採用與上述輸入裝置25相同的結構。 The input device 25 shown in FIG. 3 includes an input device 25a and a polarizing plate 25b. The input device 25a can have the same structure as the input device 25 described above.

作為偏光板25b,例如可以使用圓偏光板。藉由利用圓偏光板和液晶所產生的偏轉角的變化,可以進行利用反射光的顯示。 As the polarizing plate 25b, for example, a circular polarizing plate can be used. Display using reflected light can be performed by using a change in deflection angle by a circular polarizer and a liquid crystal.

注意,關於設置偏光板25b的位置,不侷限於圖3所示的結構。例如,也可以採用在輸入裝置25a與光擴散板23之間或光擴散板23與元件層22之間設置偏光板25b的結構。 Note that the position where the polarizing plate 25b is provided is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 3 . For example, a configuration in which a polarizing plate 25b is provided between the input device 25a and the light diffusing plate 23 or between the light diffusing plate 23 and the element layer 22 may be employed.

黏合層26a採用與黏合層26相同的結構即可。 The adhesive layer 26a may have the same structure as the adhesive layer 26 .

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式2 Embodiment 2

在本實施方式中,參照圖8A至圖15C說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置所包括的輸入裝置的製造方法。在此,對作為輸入裝置採用靜電電容式觸控感測器的情況進行說明。 In this embodiment, a method of manufacturing an input device included in a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A to 15C . Here, the case where an electrostatic capacitance type touch sensor is used as an input device is demonstrated.

〈2-1.製造方法1〉 <2-1. Manufacturing method 1>

首先,參照圖8A至圖11對本發明的一個實施方式的製造方法的一個例子進行說明。 First, an example of a manufacturing method according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A to 11 .

首先,準備基板161。基板161較佳為具有較平坦的表面。作為基板161,可以使用玻璃基板或樹脂基板,也可以使用金屬基板及陶瓷基板等非透光性基板。接著,在基板161上層疊剝離層162、被剝離層163及絕緣層164(參照圖8A)。 First, the substrate 161 is prepared. The substrate 161 preferably has a relatively flat surface. As the substrate 161, a glass substrate or a resin substrate may be used, or a non-translucent substrate such as a metal substrate and a ceramic substrate may be used. Next, the release layer 162 , the layer to be released 163 , and the insulating layer 164 are stacked on the substrate 161 (see FIG. 8A ).

在此,作為剝離層162及被剝離層163,使用能夠在彼此的介面處進行剝離的材料組合。較佳的是,作為剝離層162使用金屬或金屬氧化物,作為被剝離層163使用聚醯亞胺等樹脂材料。由此可以實現藉由改變兩者的密接性能夠進行剝離的結構。 Here, as the peeling layer 162 and the peelable layer 163, a combination of materials that can be peeled off at the interface with each other is used. Preferably, a metal or a metal oxide is used as the peeling layer 162 , and a resin material such as polyimide is used as the peeling layer 163 . Thereby, the structure which can be peeled by changing the adhesiveness of both can be implemented.

作為能夠用於剝離層162的材料,例如可以使用鈦、鉬、鋁、鎢、鉭等各種金屬或其合金。 As a material that can be used for the peeling layer 162 , various metals such as titanium, molybdenum, aluminum, tungsten, and tantalum, or alloys thereof can be used, for example.

另外,作為能夠用於剝離層162的材料可以使用各種金屬氧化物。例如,可以舉出氧化鈦、氧化鉬、氧化鋁、氧化鎢、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、In-Ga-Zn氧化物等。尤其是,作為剝離層162較佳為使用 鈦或氧化鈦。 In addition, various metal oxides can be used as a material that can be used for the peeling layer 162 . For example, titanium oxide, molybdenum oxide, aluminum oxide, tungsten oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, In-Ga-Zn oxide, etc. are mentioned. In particular, as the peeling layer 162, titanium or titanium oxide is preferably used.

或者,作為剝離層162使用鎢等金屬,並且作為被剝離層163使用氧化矽等氧化物。此時,金屬的表面因與氧化物接觸而氧化,由此形成該金屬的氧化物(例如,氧化鎢)。此外,也可以在形成被剝離層163之後進行熱處理以促進氧化反應。在此,藉由施加用來將剝離層162物理性地剝離的外力,可以在剝離層162與被剝離層163之間的介面進行剝離。 Alternatively, a metal such as tungsten is used as the peeling layer 162 , and an oxide such as silicon oxide is used as the peeling layer 163 . At this time, the surface of the metal is oxidized due to contact with the oxide, thereby forming an oxide (eg, tungsten oxide) of the metal. In addition, heat treatment may be performed to promote the oxidation reaction after the formation of the peeled layer 163 . Here, peeling can be performed at the interface between the peeling layer 162 and the peeled layer 163 by applying an external force for physically peeling off the peeling layer 162 .

在本實施方式中,作為剝離層162及被剝離層163分別使用氧化鈦及聚醯亞胺。此外,被剝離層163的厚度較佳為10μm以下,更佳為0.1μm以上且5μm以下,進一步較佳為0.5μm以上且3μm以下。藉由將被剝離層163的厚度設定在上述範圍內,可以使剝離層162與被剝離層163的介面分離之後,適當地去除被剝離層163。此外,作為該除去處理,例如可以舉出氧電漿處理或使用藥液的濕蝕刻處理等。 In the present embodiment, titanium oxide and polyimide are used as the peeling layer 162 and the peeled layer 163, respectively. Further, the thickness of the peeled layer 163 is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm or more and 5 μm or less, and further preferably 0.5 μm or more and 3 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the peeling layer 163 within the above range, the peeling layer 163 can be appropriately removed after the interface between the peeling layer 162 and the peeling layer 163 is separated. Moreover, as this removal process, oxygen plasma process, the wet etching process using a chemical|medical solution, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為絕緣層164可以使用對可見光具有透過性的絕緣膜。例如,可以使用氧化矽、氮化矽、氧化鋁等無機絕緣膜,也可以使用樹脂等的有機絕緣膜等。 As the insulating layer 164, an insulating film that is transparent to visible light can be used. For example, an inorganic insulating film such as silicon oxide, silicon nitride, or aluminum oxide can be used, and an organic insulating film such as resin can also be used.

接著,將到達被剝離層163的開口部165形成於絕緣層164中(參照圖8B)。 Next, an opening 165 reaching the peeled layer 163 is formed in the insulating layer 164 (see FIG. 8B ).

藉由形成開口部165,可以設置用來實現觸控感測器與外部之間的電連接的連接部。 By forming the opening portion 165, a connecting portion for realizing electrical connection between the touch sensor and the outside can be provided.

接著,在絕緣層164上形成導電層179a、導電層179b、絕緣層180、遮光層181、彩色層182、絕緣層183及導電層170(參照圖8C)。 Next, a conductive layer 179a, a conductive layer 179b, an insulating layer 180, a light shielding layer 181, a color layer 182, an insulating layer 183, and a conductive layer 170 are formed on the insulating layer 164 (see FIG. 8C).

此外,導電層179a、導電層179b、絕緣層180、遮光層181、彩色層182及絕緣層183相當於圖1B所示的元件層22。 In addition, the conductive layer 179a, the conductive layer 179b, the insulating layer 180, the light shielding layer 181, the color layer 182, and the insulating layer 183 correspond to the element layer 22 shown in FIG. 1B.

導電層179a具有像素電極的功能,導電層179b具有連接電極的功能。作為導電層179a、179b,例如使用氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、In-Sn-Si氧化物等透過可見光的導電膜即可。 The conductive layer 179a has a function of a pixel electrode, and the conductive layer 179b has a function of a connection electrode. As the conductive layers 179a and 179b, for example, conductive films that transmit visible light, such as indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, and In-Sn-Si oxide, may be used.

絕緣層180使用無機材料、有機材料等形成。作為無機材料,例如可以舉出氧化矽、氧氮化矽、氮化矽等。作為有機材料,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚醯亞胺等。 The insulating layer 180 is formed using an inorganic material, an organic material, or the like. As an inorganic material, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride, etc. are mentioned, for example. As an organic material, acrylic resin, polyimide, etc. are mentioned.

作為遮光層181,可以使用抑制光透過的材料。由此,可以將遮光層181用作黑矩陣。明確而言,可以包含顏料或染料的樹脂用於遮光層181。例如,可以將分散有碳黑的樹脂用於遮光膜。或者,可以將無機化合物、無機氧化物、包括多個無機氧化物的固溶體的複合氧化物等用於遮光層181。明確而言,可以將黑色鉻膜、包含氧化銅(II)的膜、包含氯化銅或氯化碲的膜用於遮光層181。 As the light shielding layer 181, a material that suppresses light transmission can be used. Thereby, the light shielding layer 181 can be used as a black matrix. Specifically, a resin containing a pigment or dye may be used for the light shielding layer 181 . For example, a resin in which carbon black is dispersed can be used for the light-shielding film. Alternatively, an inorganic compound, an inorganic oxide, a composite oxide including a solid solution of a plurality of inorganic oxides, or the like may be used for the light shielding layer 181 . Specifically, a black chrome film, a film containing copper (II) oxide, a film containing copper chloride or tellurium chloride can be used for the light shielding layer 181 .

作為彩色層182可以使用透過規定的顏色的光的材料。由此,可以將彩色層182用作濾色片。 As the color layer 182, a material that transmits light of a predetermined color can be used. Thus, the color layer 182 can be used as a color filter.

例如,可以將透過藍色光的材料、透過綠色光的材料或透過紅色光的材料用於彩色層182。由此,可以使透過彩色層182的光的光譜的寬度變窄,可以顯示清晰的影像。 For example, a material that transmits blue light, a material that transmits green light, or a material that transmits red light may be used for the color layer 182 . Thereby, the width of the spectrum of the light transmitted through the color layer 182 can be narrowed, and a clear image can be displayed.

例如,可以將吸收藍色光的材料、吸收綠色光的材料或吸收紅色光的材料用於彩色層182。明確而言,可以將透過黃色(yellow)光的材料、透過洋紅色(magenta)的材料或透過青色(cyan)光的材料用於彩色層182。由此,可以使彩色層182吸收的光的光譜的寬度變窄, 可以顯示明亮的影像。 For example, a blue light absorbing material, a green light absorbing material, or a red light absorbing material may be used for the color layer 182 . Specifically, a material that transmits yellow light, a material that transmits magenta (magenta) light, or a material that transmits cyan light (cyan) can be used for the color layer 182 . Thereby, the width of the spectrum of the light absorbed by the color layer 182 can be narrowed, and a bright image can be displayed.

絕緣層183可以使用與絕緣層180相同的材料。 The insulating layer 183 may use the same material as the insulating layer 180 .

作為導電層170,較佳為使用銅或鎳等的金屬層。導電層170藉由在形成導電膜之後以使其成為縱方向的佈線和橫方向的佈線的方式進行加工來形成為島狀。此外,導電層170的一部分延伸並接觸於導電層179b。 As the conductive layer 170, a metal layer such as copper or nickel is preferably used. The conductive layer 170 is formed into an island shape by processing it so as to form the wiring in the vertical direction and the wiring in the lateral direction after forming the conductive film. In addition, a portion of the conductive layer 170 extends and contacts the conductive layer 179b.

接著,對導電層170的表面進行氧化處理,來形成暗色層171b、暗色層172b及暗色層173b(參照圖8D)。 Next, the surface of the conductive layer 170 is oxidized to form a dark layer 171b, a dark layer 172b, and a dark layer 173b (see FIG. 8D).

作為上述氧化處理,可以使用氧電漿處理等。藉由形成暗色層171b、暗色層172b及暗色層173b,可以降低導電層170的反射率。此外,有時暗色層171b、暗色層172b及暗色層173b沒有顯示充分的導電性。此外,不藉由氧化處理被氧化的具有與導電層170相等的導電性的區域為導電層171a、導電層172a及導電層173a。 As the above-mentioned oxidation treatment, oxygen plasma treatment or the like can be used. By forming the dark layer 171b, the dark layer 172b, and the dark layer 173b, the reflectivity of the conductive layer 170 can be reduced. In addition, the dark layer 171b, the dark layer 172b, and the dark layer 173b may not exhibit sufficient conductivity. In addition, regions having conductivity equal to that of the conductive layer 170 that are not oxidized by the oxidation treatment are the conductive layer 171a, the conductive layer 172a, and the conductive layer 173a.

將包括導電層171a及暗色層171b的導電層用作佈線171。將包括導電層172a及暗色層172b的導電層用作佈線172。此外,將包括導電層173a及暗色層173b的導電層用作佈線173。 The conductive layer including the conductive layer 171 a and the dark layer 171 b is used as the wiring 171 . The conductive layer including the conductive layer 172 a and the dark layer 172 b is used as the wiring 172 . In addition, the conductive layer including the conductive layer 173 a and the dark layer 173 b is used as the wiring 173 .

接著,在佈線171、172、173上形成絕緣層166。絕緣層166可以使用與被剝離層163相同的材料形成。然後,形成將相鄰的佈線171彼此電連接以及將佈線171與佈線173電連接的佈線174(參照圖8E)。 Next, an insulating layer 166 is formed on the wirings 171 , 172 , and 173 . The insulating layer 166 can be formed using the same material as the peeled layer 163 . Then, wirings 174 that electrically connect adjacent wirings 171 to each other and electrically connect the wirings 171 and 173 are formed (see FIG. 8E ).

佈線171、172、173、絕緣層166及佈線174相當於圖1B所示的輸入裝置25。 The wirings 171 , 172 , and 173 , the insulating layer 166 , and the wiring 174 correspond to the input device 25 shown in FIG. 1B .

佈線174可以藉由如下製程形成:在設置於絕緣層166、暗色層171b及暗色層173b中的開口部設置導電層;將該導電層加工為所希望的形狀;進行氧化處理。與佈線171等同樣,佈線174包括導電層174a及藉由氧化處理而設置的導電層174b。藉由在暗色層171b中設置開口部,可以將導電層174a與導電層171a電連接。另外,藉由在暗色層173b中設置開口部,可以將導電層174a與導電層173a電連接。 The wiring 174 can be formed by the following processes: providing a conductive layer in the openings provided in the insulating layer 166, the dark layer 171b and the dark layer 173b; processing the conductive layer into a desired shape; and performing oxidation treatment. Like the wiring 171 and the like, the wiring 174 includes a conductive layer 174a and a conductive layer 174b provided by oxidation treatment. By providing the opening in the dark layer 171b, the conductive layer 174a and the conductive layer 171a can be electrically connected. In addition, by providing an opening in the dark layer 173b, the conductive layer 174a and the conductive layer 173a can be electrically connected.

接著,在絕緣層166及佈線174上隔著黏合層187貼合基板168(參照圖9A)。 Next, the substrate 168 is attached to the insulating layer 166 and the wiring 174 via the adhesive layer 187 (see FIG. 9A ).

在此,基板168相當於圖1A及圖1B等所示的第二基板12。 Here, the substrate 168 corresponds to the second substrate 12 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B and the like.

接著,從基板161一側對加工區域(包括剝離層162及被剝離層163的區域)進行光照射(參照圖9B)。 Next, light irradiation is performed on the processing region (region including the peeling layer 162 and the peeled layer 163 ) from the side of the substrate 161 (see FIG. 9B ).

藉由該光照射,剝離層162、被剝離層163以及它們的介面被加熱而產生結構變化,由此可以降低兩者之間的密接性。 By this light irradiation, the peeling layer 162 , the peeled layer 163 , and the interface thereof are heated to cause structural changes, whereby the adhesion between the two can be reduced.

作為此時所照射的光,例如可以使用短波長的雷射光束。典型的是,可以使用能夠照射波長為351nm至353nm(XeF)或308nm(XeCl)等的光的準分子雷射器。或者,也可以使用固體雷射器(YAG雷射器、光纖雷射器等)的二倍頻(515nm、532nm等)或三倍頻(343nm、355nm等)。 As the light irradiated at this time, for example, a short-wavelength laser beam can be used. Typically, an excimer laser capable of irradiating light having a wavelength of 351 nm to 353 nm (XeF) or 308 nm (XeCl) or the like can be used. Alternatively, frequency doublings (515 nm, 532 nm, etc.) or frequency triples (343 nm, 355 nm, etc.) of solid-state lasers (YAG lasers, fiber lasers, etc.) can also be used.

在此,雷射光束較佳為線狀光束。藉由邊照射線狀光束邊將加工物向線狀光束的短軸方向水平地移動,可以高效地對加工物整體照射雷射光束。 Here, the laser beam is preferably a linear beam. By moving the workpiece horizontally in the short-axis direction of the linear beam while irradiating the linear beam, the entire workpiece can be efficiently irradiated with the laser beam.

接著,對剝離層162與被剝離層163的介面或介面附近進行剝離 (參照圖9C)。 Next, the interface between the peeling layer 162 and the layer to be peeled 163 or the vicinity of the interface is peeled off (see FIG. 9C ).

例如,使用吸附台等固定基板161,以將基板168向上方移動的方式施加物理力量,來可以進行上述剝離。 For example, the above-described peeling can be performed by fixing the substrate 161 using a suction stage or the like, and applying physical force to move the substrate 168 upward.

接著,藉由灰化處理去除被剝離層163,使絕緣層164及形成在開口部165中的導電層179b露出(參照圖9D)。 Next, the peeled layer 163 is removed by ashing treatment, and the insulating layer 164 and the conductive layer 179b formed in the opening portion 165 are exposed (see FIG. 9D ).

藉由上述製程,可以在基板168的一個面形成元件層22及輸入裝置25。 Through the above process, the device layer 22 and the input device 25 can be formed on one surface of the substrate 168 .

接著,參照圖10A至圖10C對圖1A及圖1B所示的元件層21與元件層22及輸入裝置25貼合的製程進行說明。此外,圖10A至圖10C相當於沿圖1A所示的X1-X2的剖面製程圖。 Next, referring to FIGS. 10A to 10C , the process of laminating the element layer 21 , the element layer 22 and the input device 25 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B will be described. In addition, FIGS. 10A to 10C correspond to cross-sectional process diagrams along X1 - X2 shown in FIG. 1A .

首先,在第一基板11上設置元件層21(參照圖10A)。 First, the element layer 21 is provided on the first substrate 11 (see FIG. 10A ).

在第一基板11上設置有佈線33b。 The wiring 33b is provided on the first substrate 11 .

接著,將元件層21與設置有元件層22及輸入裝置25的基板168貼合。此外,使用黏合層26使基板11與形成在基板168的下方的絕緣層164密封。然後,在LC層21b與絕緣層164之間形成LC層21b_LC(參照圖10B)。 Next, the element layer 21 is bonded to the substrate 168 on which the element layer 22 and the input device 25 are provided. In addition, the substrate 11 is sealed with the insulating layer 164 formed under the substrate 168 using the adhesive layer 26 . Then, the LC layer 21b_LC is formed between the LC layer 21b and the insulating layer 164 (see FIG. 10B ).

接著,以與設置在基板11上的佈線33b電連接的方式安裝驅動電路30。然後,使用FPC32將電連接於用作輸入裝置25的觸控感測器的佈線173中的導電層173a的導電層179b與佈線33b電連接(參照圖10C)。 Next, the driver circuit 30 is mounted so as to be electrically connected to the wiring 33 b provided on the substrate 11 . Then, the conductive layer 179b electrically connected to the conductive layer 173a in the wiring 173 serving as the touch sensor of the input device 25 is electrically connected to the wiring 33b using the FPC 32 (refer to FIG. 10C ).

藉由上述製程,可以形成圖1A及圖1B所示的顯示裝置10。 Through the above process, the display device 10 shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B can be formed.

注意,在圖8A至圖10C所示的製程中,對在被剝離層163中設置開口部165的結構進行說明,但是不侷限於此,也可以不設置開口部165。圖11示出不設置開口部165的結構的一個例子。 Note that, in the processes shown in FIGS. 8A to 10C , the structure in which the openings 165 are provided in the peeled layer 163 is described, but the invention is not limited to this, and the openings 165 may not be provided. FIG. 11 shows an example of a structure in which the opening portion 165 is not provided.

圖11是圖10C所示的顯示裝置10的變形例子的剖面圖。在圖11中,設置被剝離層163並在被剝離層163上設置導電層179a、179b,而不設置開口部165。然後,可以使剝離層162與被剝離層163分離,去除被剝離層163形成顯示裝置10。當採用圖11所示的結構時,LC層21b與用作像素電極的179a接觸。 FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of a modified example of the display device 10 shown in FIG. 10C . In FIG. 11 , the peeled layer 163 is provided and the conductive layers 179 a and 179 b are provided on the peeled layer 163 , but the opening 165 is not provided. Then, the peeling layer 162 and the peeled layer 163 may be separated, and the peeled layer 163 may be removed to form the display device 10 . When the structure shown in FIG. 11 is adopted, the LC layer 21b is in contact with 179a serving as a pixel electrode.

〈2-2.製造方法2〉 <2-2. Manufacturing method 2>

接著,參照圖12A至圖15C對與〈2-1.製造方法1〉所示的製造方法不同的方法進行說明。圖12A至圖15C是說明圖3所示的顯示裝置10的製造方法的剖面圖。 Next, a method different from the manufacturing method shown in <2-1. Manufacturing method 1> will be described with reference to FIGS. 12A to 15C . 12A to 15C are cross-sectional views illustrating a method of manufacturing the display device 10 shown in FIG. 3 .

首先,準備基板161a。接著,在基板161a上形成剝離層162a、被剝離層163a及絕緣層164a(參照圖12A)。 First, the substrate 161a is prepared. Next, the peeling layer 162a, the peeling-off layer 163a, and the insulating layer 164a are formed on the substrate 161a (see FIG. 12A ).

基板161a、剝離層162a、被剝離層163a及絕緣層164a可以使用與上述說明的基板161、剝離層162、被剝離層163及絕緣層164相同的方法形成。 The substrate 161a, peeling layer 162a, peeling layer 163a, and insulating layer 164a can be formed by the same method as the substrate 161, peeling layer 162, peeling layer 163, and insulating layer 164 described above.

接著,在絕緣層164a上形成導電層179、絕緣層180a、遮光層181a、彩色層182a及絕緣層183a(參照圖12B)。 Next, a conductive layer 179, an insulating layer 180a, a light shielding layer 181a, a color layer 182a, and an insulating layer 183a are formed on the insulating layer 164a (see FIG. 12B).

此外,絕緣層164a上的導電層179、絕緣層180a、遮光層181a、彩色層182a及絕緣層183a相當於圖3所示的元件層22。 In addition, the conductive layer 179, the insulating layer 180a, the light shielding layer 181a, the color layer 182a, and the insulating layer 183a on the insulating layer 164a correspond to the element layer 22 shown in FIG. 3 .

導電層179、絕緣層180a、遮光層181a、彩色層182a及絕緣層183a可以使用與上述說明的導電層179a、179b、絕緣層180、遮光層181、彩色層182及絕緣層183相同的方法形成。 The conductive layer 179, the insulating layer 180a, the light shielding layer 181a, the colored layer 182a, and the insulating layer 183a can be formed by the same method as the conductive layers 179a, 179b, the insulating layer 180, the light shielding layer 181, the colored layer 182, and the insulating layer 183 described above. .

接著,在絕緣層183a上形成黏合層184及光擴散板185。此外,光擴散板185相當於圖3所示的光擴散板23,黏合層184相當於圖3所示的黏合層26a。 Next, the adhesive layer 184 and the light diffusing plate 185 are formed on the insulating layer 183a. In addition, the light diffusing plate 185 corresponds to the light diffusing plate 23 shown in FIG. 3 , and the adhesive layer 184 corresponds to the adhesive layer 26 a shown in FIG. 3 .

接著,將剝離層162a與被剝離層163a分離(參照圖12D、圖12E)。 Next, the peeling layer 162a and the peeling-off layer 163a are separated (see FIGS. 12D and 12E ).

將剝離層162a與被剝離層163a分離的製程可以使用與上述說明的將剝離層162a與被剝離層163a分離的製程相同的方法實施。 The process of separating the peeling layer 162a from the peeled layer 163a can be performed using the same method as the process of separating the peeling layer 162a and the peeled layer 163a described above.

如圖12E所示,依次形成有元件層22、黏合層26a及光擴散板23。 As shown in FIG. 12E, the element layer 22, the adhesive layer 26a, and the light diffusing plate 23 are formed in this order.

接著,準備基板161b。然後,在基板161b上形成剝離層162b、被剝離層163b及絕緣層164(參照圖13A)。 Next, the substrate 161b is prepared. Then, the peeling layer 162b, the peeling-off layer 163b, and the insulating layer 164 are formed on the substrate 161b (see FIG. 13A ).

接著,在絕緣層164中形成開口部165(參照圖13B)。 Next, openings 165 are formed in the insulating layer 164 (see FIG. 13B ).

接著,在絕緣層164上形成導電層170、佈線171、佈線172、佈線173、絕緣層166及佈線174(參照圖13C、圖13D及圖13E)。 Next, the conductive layer 170 , the wiring 171 , the wiring 172 , the wiring 173 , the insulating layer 166 , and the wiring 174 are formed on the insulating layer 164 (see FIGS. 13C , 13D and 13E ).

此外,導電層170、佈線171、佈線172、佈線173、絕緣層166及佈線174相當於圖3所示的輸入裝置25a。 In addition, the conductive layer 170 , the wiring 171 , the wiring 172 , the wiring 173 , the insulating layer 166 , and the wiring 174 correspond to the input device 25 a shown in FIG. 3 .

接著,在絕緣層166及佈線174上形成偏光板167、黏合層169及基板168(參照圖14A)。 Next, a polarizing plate 167, an adhesive layer 169, and a substrate 168 are formed on the insulating layer 166 and the wiring 174 (see FIG. 14A).

此外,偏光板167相當於圖3所示的偏光板25b。另外,作為偏光板167例如可以使用直線偏光板或圓偏光板。尤其是,當使用反射型液晶元件時,適當地使用圓偏光板。作為圓偏光板,例如可以使用將直線偏光板和四分之一波相位差板層疊而成的偏光板。藉由使用圓偏光板,可以具有適當地抑制外光反射的效果。 In addition, the polarizing plate 167 corresponds to the polarizing plate 25b shown in FIG. 3 . In addition, as the polarizing plate 167, for example, a linear polarizing plate or a circular polarizing plate can be used. In particular, when a reflective liquid crystal element is used, a circularly polarizing plate is appropriately used. As a circular polarizing plate, the polarizing plate which laminated|stacked a linear polarizing plate and a quarter wave retardation plate, for example can be used. By using a circular polarizing plate, it is possible to appropriately suppress the reflection of external light.

此外,作為偏光板167,也可以使用包含分子的長軸以規定的一個方向排列的二向色性染料的有機層。該有機層具有偏振器的功能。另外,較佳為了使二向色性染料的分子的長軸以規定的一個方向排列,使用液晶材料。另外,也可以在使用液晶材料使分子的長軸以規定的一個方向排列之後使與二向色性染料一起添加的單體固化而使其成為聚合物。 In addition, as the polarizing plate 167, an organic layer containing a dichroic dye in which the long axes of molecules are aligned in a predetermined direction may be used. The organic layer functions as a polarizer. In addition, it is preferable to use a liquid crystal material in order to align the long axes of the molecules of the dichroic dye in one predetermined direction. In addition, after aligning the long axes of the molecules in a predetermined one direction using a liquid crystal material, the monomer added together with the dichroic dye may be cured to form a polymer.

作為黏合層169可以使用紫外線硬化型黏合劑等光硬化型黏合劑、反應硬化型黏合劑、熱固性黏合劑、厭氧黏合劑等各種硬化型黏合劑。後面詳細說明能夠用於黏合層169的材料。 As the adhesive layer 169, various curable adhesives, such as a photocurable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive, a reaction curable adhesive, a thermosetting adhesive, and an anaerobic adhesive, can be used. Materials that can be used for the adhesive layer 169 will be described in detail later.

作為基板168可以使用被進行了抗反射處理或抗閃光處理的薄膜基板。此外,基板168相當於圖1A及圖1B所示的第二基板12。 As the substrate 168, a thin-film substrate subjected to anti-reflection treatment or anti-glare treatment can be used. In addition, the substrate 168 corresponds to the second substrate 12 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B .

接著,將剝離層162b與被剝離層163b分離(參照圖14B、圖14C、圖14D)。 Next, the peeling layer 162b and the peeling-off layer 163b are separated (see FIGS. 14B , 14C, and 14D).

可以將剝離層162b與被剝離層163b分離的方法與上述說明的剝離層162與被剝離層163相同。 The method by which the peeling layer 162b and the peeling layer 163b can be separated is the same as that of the peeling layer 162 and the peeling layer 163 described above.

在圖14D所示的基板168的下方形成有相當於圖3所示的輸入裝置25的元件。此外,如圖14D所示,輸入裝置25的一部分也可以包 含黏合層169。 Elements corresponding to the input device 25 shown in FIG. 3 are formed under the substrate 168 shown in FIG. 14D . In addition, as shown in Fig. 14D, a portion of the input device 25 may also include an adhesive layer 169.

接著,使用黏合層186將基板168與元件層22貼合(參照圖15A)。 Next, the substrate 168 and the element layer 22 are bonded together using the adhesive layer 186 (see FIG. 15A ).

此外,黏合層186設置於光擴散板185與絕緣層164之間。 In addition, the adhesive layer 186 is disposed between the light diffusing plate 185 and the insulating layer 164 .

接著,將元件層21與設置有輸入裝置25及元件層22的基板168貼合。此外,使用黏合層26將基板11與形成在基板168的下方的絕緣層164密封。然後,在LC層21b與導電層179之間形成LC層21b_LC(參照圖15B)。 Next, the element layer 21 is bonded to the substrate 168 on which the input device 25 and the element layer 22 are provided. Further, the substrate 11 is sealed with the insulating layer 164 formed under the substrate 168 using the adhesive layer 26 . Then, the LC layer 21b_LC is formed between the LC layer 21b and the conductive layer 179 (see FIG. 15B ).

接著,以與設置在基板11上的佈線33b電連接的方式安裝驅動電路30。然後,使用FPC32將用作輸入裝置25的觸控感測器的佈線173中的導電層173a與佈線33b電連接(參照圖15C)。 Next, the driver circuit 30 is mounted so as to be electrically connected to the wiring 33 b provided on the substrate 11 . Then, the conductive layer 173a in the wiring 173 serving as the touch sensor of the input device 25 is electrically connected to the wiring 33b using the FPC 32 (refer to FIG. 15C ).

藉由上述製程,可以形成圖3所示的顯示裝置10。 Through the above process, the display device 10 shown in FIG. 3 can be formed.

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式3 Embodiment 3

在本實施方式中,對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置及顯示裝置的驅動方法進行說明。 In this embodiment mode, a display device and a method for driving the display device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.

〈3-1.顯示裝置的概念〉 <3-1. Concept of display device>

作為本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置,例如可以適當地使用混合型顯示器。該混合型顯示器可以進行混合型顯示。 As the display device according to one embodiment of the present invention, for example, a hybrid display can be suitably used. The hybrid display can perform hybrid display.

混合型顯示是指:在一個面板中,同時使用反射光和自發光,彼此補充色調或光強度,來顯示文字或影像的方法。此外,混合型顯示是指:在一個像素或一個子像素中,使用來自多個顯示元件的光,來顯示文字和/或影像的方法。但是,當局部性地觀察進行混合型顯示的混合型顯示器時,有時包括:使用多個顯示元件中的任一個進行顯示的像素或子像素;以及使用多個顯示元件中的兩個以上進行顯示的像素或子像素。 Hybrid display refers to a method of displaying text or images in a panel that uses both reflected light and self-illumination to complement each other with color tone or light intensity. In addition, the hybrid display refers to a method of displaying characters and/or images in one pixel or one sub-pixel using light from a plurality of display elements. However, when a hybrid display that performs hybrid display is viewed locally, it may include: a pixel or sub-pixel that performs display using any one of a plurality of display elements; and a display that uses two or more of the plurality of display elements. The displayed pixel or subpixel.

注意,在本說明書等中,混合型顯示滿足上述表現中的任一個或多個。 Note that in this specification and the like, the hybrid display satisfies any one or more of the above expressions.

此外,混合型顯示器在一個像素或一個子像素中包括多個顯示元件。作為多個顯示元件,例如可以舉出使光反射的反射型元件和發射光的自發光元件。反射型元件和自發光元件可以分別獨立地被控制。混合型顯示器具有在顯示部中使用反射光和自發光中的任一個或兩個來顯示文字和/或影像的功能。 Furthermore, hybrid displays include multiple display elements in one pixel or one sub-pixel. Examples of the plurality of display elements include reflective elements that reflect light and self-luminous elements that emit light. The reflective element and the self-luminous element can be independently controlled. The hybrid display has a function of displaying characters and/or images using either or both of reflected light and self-illumination in the display unit.

本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置可以包括設置有反射可見光的第一顯示元件的像素。此外,可以包括設置有發射可見光的第二顯示元件的像素。此外,可以包括設置有第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件的像素。 The display device of one embodiment of the present invention may include a pixel provided with a first display element that reflects visible light. Furthermore, a pixel provided with a second display element emitting visible light may be included. In addition, a pixel provided with a first display element and a second display element may be included.

在本實施方式中,對包括反射可見光的第一顯示元件和發射可見光的第二顯示元件的顯示裝置進行說明。 In this embodiment mode, a display device including a first display element that reflects visible light and a second display element that emits visible light will be described.

顯示裝置具有利用第一顯示元件所反射的第一光和第二顯示元件所發射的第二光中的一個或兩個顯示影像的功能。另外,顯示裝置具有控制第一顯示元件所反射的第一光的光量和第二顯示元件所發射的第二光的光量來表達灰階的功能。 The display device has a function of displaying an image using one or both of the first light reflected by the first display element and the second light emitted by the second display element. In addition, the display device has a function of expressing gray scales by controlling the light amount of the first light reflected by the first display element and the light amount of the second light emitted by the second display element.

另外,顯示裝置較佳為包括藉由控制第一顯示元件所反射的光的光量來表達灰階的第一像素及藉由控制來自第二顯示元件的發光的光量來表達灰階的第二像素。第一像素及第二像素例如配置為矩陣狀而構成顯示部。 In addition, the display device preferably includes a first pixel that expresses gray scales by controlling the amount of light reflected by the first display element and a second pixel that expresses gray scales by controlling the amount of light emitted from the second display element . The first pixel and the second pixel are arranged in a matrix, for example, to constitute a display unit.

另外,較佳為在顯示區域中以相同間距設置相同數量的第一像素及第二像素。此時,可以將包括相鄰的第一像素和第二像素的單元稱為像素單元。由此,如下面所描述,可以在相同的顯示區域中顯示只由多個第一像素顯示的影像、只由多個第二像素顯示的影像及由多個第一像素和多個第二像素的兩者顯示的影像。 In addition, it is preferable to set the same number of first pixels and second pixels with the same spacing in the display area. At this time, a unit including adjacent first pixels and second pixels may be referred to as a pixel unit. Thereby, as described below, an image displayed only by a plurality of first pixels, an image displayed by only a plurality of second pixels, and an image displayed by a plurality of first pixels and a plurality of second pixels can be displayed in the same display area of both displayed images.

作為第一像素所包括的第一顯示元件,可以使用反射外光來進行顯示的元件。因為這種元件不包括光源,所以可以使顯示時的功耗為極小。 As the first display element included in the first pixel, an element that reflects external light for display can be used. Because such an element does not include a light source, power consumption during display can be made extremely small.

作為第一顯示元件,可以典型地使用反射型液晶元件。或者,作為第一顯示元件,不僅可以使用快門方式的MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical System:微機電系統)元件、光干涉方式的MEMS元件,而且還可以使用應用微囊方式、電泳方式、電潤濕方式、電子粉流體(註冊商標)方式等的元件。 As the first display element, a reflective liquid crystal element can be typically used. Alternatively, as the first display element, not only a shutter-type MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical System) element, an optical interference-type MEMS element, but also an applied microcapsule method, an electrophoresis method, and an electrowetting method may be used. , electronic powder fluid (registered trademark) method, etc.

作為第二像素所包括的第二顯示元件,可以使用包括光源且利用來自該光源的光來進行顯示的元件。尤其是,較佳為使用能夠藉由施加電場從發光物質提取發光的電場發光元件。由於這種像素所發射的光的亮度及色度不受到外光的影響,因此這種像素可以顯示色彩再現性高(色域寬)且對比度高的影像,亦即鮮明的影像。 As the second display element included in the second pixel, an element that includes a light source and performs display using light from the light source can be used. In particular, it is preferable to use an electroluminescence element capable of extracting light emission from a light-emitting substance by applying an electric field. Since the brightness and chromaticity of light emitted by such pixels are not affected by external light, such pixels can display images with high color reproducibility (wide color gamut) and high contrast, that is, sharp images.

作為第二顯示元件,例如可以使用OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode:有機發光二極體)、LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)、QLED(Quantum-dot Light Emitting Diode:量子點發光二極體)、半導體雷射等自發光型發光元件。或者,作為第二像素所包括的顯示元件,也可以組合作為光源的背光和控制來自背光的光的透過光量的透射型液晶元件而使用。 As the second display element, for example, OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode: Organic Light Emitting Diode), LED (Light Emitting Diode: Light Emitting Diode), QLED (Quantum-dot Light Emitting Diode: Quantum Dot Light Emitting Diode) can be used ), semiconductor lasers and other self-luminous light-emitting elements. Alternatively, as the display element included in the second pixel, a backlight that is a light source and a transmissive liquid crystal element that controls the amount of transmitted light from the backlight may be used in combination.

例如,第一像素可以包括呈現白色(W)光的子像素或者包括呈現紅色(R)光的子像素、呈現綠色(G)光的子像素及呈現藍色(B)光的子像素。此外,例如第二像素也可以同樣地包括呈現白色(W)光的子像素或者包括呈現紅色(R)光的子像素、呈現綠色(G)光的子像素及呈現藍色(B)光的子像素。另外,第一像素及第二像素的每一個也可以包括四種顏色以上的子像素。子像素的種類越多,越可以降低功耗並提高色彩再現性。 For example, the first pixel may include a sub-pixel exhibiting white (W) light or a sub-pixel exhibiting red (R) light, a sub-pixel exhibiting green (G) light, and a sub-pixel exhibiting blue (B) light. In addition, for example, the second pixel may similarly include a sub-pixel that exhibits white (W) light, or a sub-pixel that exhibits red (R) light, a sub-pixel that exhibits green (G) light, and a sub-pixel that exhibits blue (B) light. subpixel. In addition, each of the first pixel and the second pixel may include sub-pixels of four or more colors. The greater the variety of sub-pixels, the more power consumption can be reduced and the color reproducibility improved.

本發明的一個實施方式可以切換由第一像素顯示影像的第一模式、由第二像素顯示影像的第二模式及由第一像素和第二像素顯示影像的第三模式。此外,如實施方式1所示,也可以對第一像素和第二象素輸入彼此不同的影像信號來顯示合成影像。 One embodiment of the present invention can switch between a first mode in which the image is displayed by the first pixel, a second mode in which the image is displayed by the second pixel, and a third mode in which the image is displayed by the first pixel and the second pixel. In addition, as shown in Embodiment 1, a composite video may be displayed by inputting video signals different from each other to the first pixel and the second pixel.

第一模式為利用第一顯示元件所反射的光顯示影像的模式。在第一模式中不需要光源,因此是功耗極低的驅動模式。例如,在外光的照度足夠高且外光為白色光或接近於白色光的情況下,第一模式是有效的。第一模式例如適於顯示書本或文件等的文字資訊。另外,由於使用反射光,因此其顯示對眼睛刺激少,不容易引起眼疲勞。 The first mode is a mode in which an image is displayed using the light reflected by the first display element. No light source is required in the first mode, so it is a very low power consumption drive mode. For example, the first mode is effective when the illuminance of the outside light is sufficiently high and the outside light is white light or close to white light. The first mode is suitable for displaying text information such as books or documents, for example. In addition, since reflected light is used, the display is less irritating to the eyes and less likely to cause eye fatigue.

第二模式為利用第二顯示元件所發射的光顯示影像的模式。因此,無論外光的照度或色度如何,都可以顯示極為鮮明的(對比度及色彩再現性高的)影像。例如,在夜間及昏暗的室內等外光的照度極低的情況等下,第二模式是有效的。此外,在外光的照度低時,明亮的顯 示有時讓使用者感到刺眼。為了防止發生這種問題,在第二模式中較佳為降低亮度。由此,不僅可以減少刺眼,而且還可以降低功耗。第二模式適於顯示鮮明的影像或流暢的動態影像等。 The second mode is a mode in which an image is displayed using light emitted by the second display element. Therefore, an extremely clear (high contrast and color reproducibility) image can be displayed regardless of the illuminance or chromaticity of the external light. For example, the second mode is effective when the illuminance of the outside light is extremely low, such as at night or in a dark room. In addition, when the illuminance of the outside light is low, the bright display may be dazzling to the user. In order to prevent this problem, it is preferable to lower the brightness in the second mode. As a result, not only glare can be reduced, but also power consumption can be reduced. The second mode is suitable for displaying clear images or smooth moving images.

第三模式為利用第一顯示元件所反射的光及第二顯示元件所發射的光的兩者顯示影像的模式。明確而言,以混合第一像素所呈現的光的顏色和與第一像素相鄰的第二像素所呈現的光的顏色來表達一個顏色的方式進行驅動。由此,可以以比第二模式小的功耗顯示比第一模式鮮明的影像。例如,在室內照明下或者早晨或傍晚等外光的照度較低的情況、外光的色度不是白色的情況等下,第三模式是有效的。 The third mode is a mode in which an image is displayed using both the light reflected by the first display element and the light emitted by the second display element. Specifically, driving is performed in such a way that one color is expressed by mixing the color of the light presented by the first pixel and the color of the light presented by the second pixel adjacent to the first pixel. This makes it possible to display a clearer image than the first mode with less power consumption than in the second mode. For example, the third mode is effective under indoor lighting, when the illuminance of external light such as morning or evening is low, or when the chromaticity of the external light is not white.

〈3-2.顯示裝置的結構例子〉 <3-2. Configuration example of display device>

下面,參照圖式說明本發明的一個實施方式的更具體的例子。 Next, a more specific example of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖16是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置所包括的像素陣列40的圖。像素陣列40包括設置為矩陣狀的多個像素單元45。像素單元45包括像素46和像素47。 FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a pixel array 40 included in a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The pixel array 40 includes a plurality of pixel units 45 arranged in a matrix. The pixel unit 45 includes pixels 46 and 47 .

圖16示出像素46和像素47都包括對應於紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)這三種顏色的顯示元件的情況的例子。 FIG. 16 shows an example of a case where both the pixel 46 and the pixel 47 include display elements corresponding to three colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B).

像素46包括對應於紅色(R)的顯示元件46R、對應於綠色(G)的顯示元件46G、對應於藍色(B)的顯示元件46B。顯示元件46R、46G、46B都是利用光源的光的第一顯示元件。 The pixel 46 includes a display element 46R corresponding to red (R), a display element 46G corresponding to green (G), and a display element 46B corresponding to blue (B). The display elements 46R, 46G, and 46B are all first display elements that utilize light from a light source.

像素47包括對應於紅色(R)的顯示元件47R、對應於綠色(G)的顯示元件47G、對應於藍色(B)的顯示元件47B。顯示元件47R、47G、47B都是利用外光的反射的第二顯示元件。 The pixel 47 includes a display element 47R corresponding to red (R), a display element 47G corresponding to green (G), and a display element 47B corresponding to blue (B). The display elements 47R, 47G, and 47B are all second display elements that utilize reflection of external light.

以上是顯示裝置的結構例子的說明。 The above is the description of the configuration example of the display device.

〈3-3.像素單元的結構例子〉 <3-3. Configuration example of pixel unit>

接著,參照圖17A、圖17B和圖17C說明像素單元45。圖17A、圖17B和圖17C是示出像素單元45的結構例子的示意圖。 Next, the pixel unit 45 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17A , 17B, and 17C. 17A , 17B and 17C are schematic diagrams showing structural examples of the pixel unit 45 .

像素46包括顯示元件46R、顯示元件46G以及顯示元件46B。顯示元件46R包括光源,並向顯示面一側發射具有基於輸入到像素46的第二灰階值所包括的與紅色對應的灰階值的亮度的紅色光R2。與此同樣,顯示元件46G及顯示元件46B也分別向顯示面一側發射綠色光G2或藍色光B2。 Pixel 46 includes display element 46R, display element 46G, and display element 46B. The display element 46R includes a light source, and emits red light R2 having luminance based on a grayscale value corresponding to red included in the second grayscale value input to the pixel 46 toward the display surface side. Similarly, the display element 46G and the display element 46B also emit the green light G2 or the blue light B2 to the display surface side, respectively.

像素47包括顯示元件47R、顯示元件47G以及顯示元件47B。顯示元件47R反射外光,並向顯示面一側發射具有基於輸入到像素47的第一灰階值所包括的與紅色對應的灰階值的亮度的紅色光R1。與此同樣,顯示元件47G及顯示元件47B也分別向顯示面一側發射綠色光G1或藍色光B1。 The pixel 47 includes a display element 47R, a display element 47G, and a display element 47B. The display element 47R reflects external light, and emits red light R1 having luminance based on a grayscale value corresponding to red included in the first grayscale value input to the pixel 47 toward the display surface side. Similarly, the display element 47G and the display element 47B also emit the green light G1 or the blue light B1 to the display surface side, respectively.

[第一模式] [First Mode]

圖17A示出驅動反射外光的顯示元件47R、顯示元件47G和顯示元件47B顯示影像的工作模式的例子。如圖17A所示,像素單元45例如在外光的照度充分高的情況等下,藉由只混合來自像素47的光(光R1、光G1及光B1)的顏色而不驅動像素46,可以向顯示面一側發射指定顏色的光55。由此,可以以極低功耗進行驅動。 FIG. 17A shows an example of an operation mode in which the display element 47R, the display element 47G, and the display element 47B that reflect external light are driven to display an image. As shown in FIG. 17A , when the illuminance of the external light is sufficiently high, the pixel unit 45 mixes only the colors of the light (light R1 , light G1 , and light B1 ) from the pixel 47 without driving the pixel 46 . The side of the display surface emits light 55 of a specified color. Thereby, it is possible to drive with extremely low power consumption.

[第二模式] [Second Mode]

圖17B示出驅動顯示元件46R、顯示元件46G和顯示元件46B顯示影像的工作模式的例子。如圖17B所示,像素單元45例如在外光的照度極低的情況等下,藉由只混合來自像素46的光(光R2、光G2及光 B2)的顏色而不驅動像素47,也可以向顯示面一側發射指定顏色的光55。由此,可以顯示鮮明的影像。此外,藉由在外光的照度低時降低亮度,不僅可以減少使用者的刺眼,而且還可以降低功耗。 FIG. 17B shows an example of an operation mode in which the display element 46R, the display element 46G, and the display element 46B are driven to display images. As shown in FIG. 17B , the pixel unit 45 may mix only the colors of the light (light R2 , light G2 , and light B2 ) from the pixel 46 without driving the pixel 47 when the illuminance of the external light is extremely low, for example. Light 55 of a specified color is emitted toward the display surface side. Thereby, a clear video can be displayed. In addition, by reducing the brightness when the illuminance of the external light is low, not only the glare of the user can be reduced, but also the power consumption can be reduced.

[第三模式] [Third Mode]

圖17C示出驅動反射外光的顯示元件47R、顯示元件47G、顯示元件47B以及發射光的顯示元件46R、顯示元件46G、顯示元件46B顯示影像的工作模式的例子。如圖17C所示,像素單元45藉由混合光R1、光G1、光B1、光R2、光G2及光B2這六個光的顏色,可以向顯示面一側發射指定顏色的光55。 17C shows an example of an operation mode in which the display element 47R reflecting external light, the display element 47G, the display element 47B, and the display element 46R, the display element 46G, and the display element 46B that emit light are driven to display images. As shown in FIG. 17C , the pixel unit 45 can emit light 55 of a specified color toward the display surface side by mixing the colors of the six lights of light R1, light G1, light B1, light R2, light G2, and light B2.

以上是對像素單元45的結構例子的說明。 The above is the description of the configuration example of the pixel unit 45 .

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式4 Embodiment 4

下面,說明可以用於本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的顯示面板的例子。下面例示的顯示面板是包括反射型液晶元件及發光元件這兩種元件且能夠以透射模式和反射模式這兩種模式進行顯示的顯示面板。 Next, an example of a display panel that can be used in the display device according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described. The display panel exemplified below is a display panel that includes two elements, a reflective liquid crystal element and a light-emitting element, and is capable of displaying in two modes, a transmissive mode and a reflective mode.

〈4-1.顯示裝置的結構例子〉 <4-1. Configuration example of display device>

圖18A是示出顯示裝置400的結構的一個例子的方塊圖。顯示裝置400包括在顯示部362中排列為矩陣狀的多個像素410。另外,顯示裝置400包括電路GD及電路SD。此外,包括與在方向R上排列的多個像素410及電路GD電連接的多個佈線G1、多個佈線G2、多個佈線ANO及多個佈線CSCOM。此外,包括與在方向C上排列的多個像素410及電 路SD電連接的多個佈線S1及多個佈線S2。 FIG. 18A is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the display device 400 . The display device 400 includes a plurality of pixels 410 arranged in a matrix in the display unit 362 . In addition, the display device 400 includes a circuit GD and a circuit SD. In addition, a plurality of wirings G1, a plurality of wirings G2, a plurality of wirings ANO, and a plurality of wirings CSCOM electrically connected to the plurality of pixels 410 and the circuit GD arranged in the direction R are included. In addition, a plurality of wirings S1 and a plurality of wirings S2 electrically connected to the plurality of pixels 410 and the circuit SD arranged in the direction C are included.

在此,為了簡化起見,示出包括一個電路GD和一個電路SD的結構,但是也可以分別設置驅動液晶元件的電路GD及電路SD以及驅動發光元件的電路GD及電路SD。 Here, for simplicity, a configuration including one circuit GD and one circuit SD is shown, but circuits GD and SD for driving liquid crystal elements and circuits GD and SD for driving light-emitting elements may be provided separately.

像素410包括反射型液晶元件及發光元件。在像素410中,液晶元件及發光元件具有彼此重疊的部分。 The pixel 410 includes a reflective liquid crystal element and a light-emitting element. In the pixel 410, the liquid crystal element and the light emitting element have portions overlapping each other.

圖18B1示出像素410所包括的導電層311b的結構例子。導電層311b被用作像素410中的液晶元件的反射電極。在導電層311b中設置有開口451。 FIG. 18B1 shows an example of the structure of the conductive layer 311 b included in the pixel 410 . The conductive layer 311b is used as a reflective electrode of the liquid crystal element in the pixel 410 . An opening 451 is provided in the conductive layer 311b.

在圖18B1中,以虛線示出位於與導電層311b重疊的區域中的發光元件360。發光元件360與導電層311b所包括的開口451重疊。由此,發光元件360所發射出的光藉由開口451射出到顯示面一側。 In FIG. 18B1 , the light emitting element 360 located in the region overlapping with the conductive layer 311 b is shown by a dotted line. The light emitting element 360 overlaps with the opening 451 included in the conductive layer 311b. Thereby, the light emitted from the light emitting element 360 is emitted to the display surface side through the opening 451 .

在圖18B1中在方向R上相鄰的像素410是對應於不同的顏色的像素。此時,如圖18B1所示,在方向R上相鄰的兩個像素中較佳為開口451以不設置在一條線上的方式都設置於導電層311b的不同位置上。由此,可以使兩個發光元件360分開地配置,從而可以抑制發光元件360所發射出的光入射到相鄰的像素410所包括的彩色層的現象(也稱為串擾)。另外,可以使相鄰的兩個發光元件360分開地配置,因此即使利用陰影遮罩等分別製造發光元件360的EL層,也可以實現高解析度顯示裝置。 Pixels 410 adjacent in the direction R in FIG. 18B1 are pixels corresponding to different colors. At this time, as shown in FIG. 18B1 , in the two adjacent pixels in the direction R, it is preferable that the openings 451 are provided in different positions of the conductive layer 311b so as not to be provided on a line. Thereby, the two light-emitting elements 360 can be arranged separately, and it is possible to suppress a phenomenon (also referred to as crosstalk) in which light emitted by the light-emitting elements 360 is incident on a color layer included in an adjacent pixel 410 . In addition, since two adjacent light-emitting elements 360 can be arranged separately, even if the EL layers of the light-emitting elements 360 are separately fabricated using a shadow mask or the like, a high-resolution display device can be realized.

另外,也可以採用圖18B2所示的排列。 Alternatively, the arrangement shown in FIG. 18B2 may be employed.

當在開口451的總面積中非開口部的總面積所佔的比例過大時, 使用液晶元件的顯示變暗。另外,當在開口451的總面積中非開口部的總面積所佔的比例過小時,使用發光元件360的顯示變暗。 When the ratio of the total area of the non-opening portion to the total area of the opening 451 is too large, the display using the liquid crystal element becomes dark. In addition, when the ratio of the total area of the non-opening portion to the total area of the opening 451 is too small, the display using the light-emitting element 360 becomes dark.

另外,當設置於被用作反射電極的導電層311b中的開口451的面積過小時,發光元件360所發射出的光的提取效率變低。 In addition, when the area of the opening 451 provided in the conductive layer 311b used as the reflective electrode is too small, the extraction efficiency of the light emitted from the light-emitting element 360 becomes low.

開口451的形狀例如可以為多角形、四角形、橢圓形、圓形或十字狀等的形狀。另外,也可以為細長的條狀、狹縫狀、方格狀的形狀。另外,也可以以靠近相鄰的像素的方式配置開口451。較佳的是,將開口451配置以靠近顯示相同的顏色的其他像素。由此,可以抑制產生串擾。 The shape of the opening 451 may be, for example, a polygonal shape, a quadrangular shape, an oval shape, a circular shape, a cross shape, or the like. In addition, elongated strip-like, slit-like, or grid-like shapes may be used. In addition, the openings 451 may be arranged so as to be close to adjacent pixels. Preferably, the openings 451 are arranged close to other pixels displaying the same color. Thereby, the occurrence of crosstalk can be suppressed.

〈4-2.像素的電路結構例子〉 <4-2. Example of circuit configuration of pixel>

圖19是示出像素410的結構例子的電路圖。圖19示出相鄰的兩個像素410。 FIG. 19 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration example of the pixel 410 . FIG. 19 shows two adjacent pixels 410 .

像素410包括開關SW1、電容元件C1、液晶元件340、開關SW2、電晶體M、電容元件C2以及發光元件360等。另外,佈線G1、佈線G2、佈線ANO、佈線CSCOM、佈線S1及佈線S2與像素410電連接。另外,圖19還示出與液晶元件340電連接的佈線VCOM1以及與發光元件360電連接的佈線VCOM2。 The pixel 410 includes a switch SW1, a capacitive element C1, a liquid crystal element 340, a switch SW2, a transistor M, a capacitive element C2, a light-emitting element 360, and the like. In addition, the wiring G1 , the wiring G2 , the wiring ANO, the wiring CSCOM, the wiring S1 , and the wiring S2 are electrically connected to the pixel 410 . In addition, FIG. 19 also shows the wiring VCOM1 electrically connected to the liquid crystal element 340 and the wiring VCOM2 electrically connected to the light emitting element 360 .

圖19示出將電晶體用於開關SW1及開關SW2的情況的例子。 FIG. 19 shows an example of a case where transistors are used for the switch SW1 and the switch SW2.

在開關SW1中,閘極與佈線G1連接,源極和汲極中的一個與佈線S1連接,源極和汲極中的另一個與電容元件C1的一個電極及液晶元件340的一個電極連接。在電容元件C1中,另一個電極與佈線CSCOM連接。在液晶元件340中,另一個電極與佈線VCOM1連接。 In the switch SW1 , the gate is connected to the wiring G1 , one of the source and the drain is connected to the wiring S1 , and the other of the source and drain is connected to one electrode of the capacitive element C1 and one electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 . In the capacitive element C1, the other electrode is connected to the wiring CSCOM. In the liquid crystal element 340, the other electrode is connected to the wiring VCOM1.

在開關SW2中,閘極與佈線G2連接,源極和汲極中的一個與佈線S2連接,源極和汲極中的另一個與電容元件C2的一個電極及電晶體M的閘極連接。在電容元件C2中,另一個電極與電晶體M的源極和汲極中的一個及佈線ANO連接。在電晶體M中,源極和汲極中的另一個與發光元件360的一個電極連接。在發光元件360中,另一個電極與佈線VCOM2連接。 In the switch SW2, the gate is connected to the wiring G2, one of the source and the drain is connected to the wiring S2, and the other of the source and drain is connected to one electrode of the capacitive element C2 and the gate of the transistor M. In the capacitive element C2, the other electrode is connected to one of the source and drain of the transistor M and the wiring ANO. In the transistor M, the other of the source and the drain is connected to one electrode of the light-emitting element 360 . In the light-emitting element 360, the other electrode is connected to the wiring VCOM2.

圖19示出電晶體M包括夾著半導體的兩個閘極並且該閘極彼此連接的例子。由此,可以提高電晶體M能夠流過的電流量。 FIG. 19 shows an example in which the transistor M includes two gates sandwiching a semiconductor and the gates are connected to each other. Thereby, the amount of current that can flow through the transistor M can be increased.

此外,可以對佈線G1供應將開關SW1控制為導通狀態或非導通狀態的信號。可以對佈線VCOM1供應規定的電位。可以對佈線S1供應控制液晶元件340所具有的液晶的配向狀態的信號。可以對佈線CSCOM供應規定的電位。 In addition, a signal for controlling the switch SW1 to a conductive state or a non-conductive state may be supplied to the wiring G1. A predetermined potential can be supplied to the wiring VCOM1. A signal for controlling the alignment state of the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal element 340 may be supplied to the wiring S1 . A predetermined potential can be supplied to the wiring CSCOM.

此外,可以對佈線G2供應將開關SW2控制為導通狀態或非導通狀態的信號。可以對佈線VCOM2及佈線ANO供應產生用來使發光元件360發射光的電位差的電位。可以對佈線S2供應控制電晶體M的導通狀態的信號。 In addition, a signal for controlling the switch SW2 to a conductive state or a non-conductive state may be supplied to the wiring G2. The wiring VCOM2 and the wiring ANO can be supplied with a potential that generates a potential difference for causing the light-emitting element 360 to emit light. A signal for controlling the conduction state of the transistor M may be supplied to the wiring S2.

圖19所示的像素410例如在以反射模式進行顯示時,可以利用供應給佈線G1及佈線S1的信號進行驅動,並利用液晶元件340的光學調變而進行顯示。在以透射模式進行顯示時,可以利用供應給佈線G2及佈線S2的信號進行驅動,並使發光元件360發射光而進行顯示。另外,在以兩個模式驅動時,可以利用分別供應給佈線G1、佈線G2、佈線S1及佈線S2的信號進行驅動。 The pixel 410 shown in FIG. 19 can be driven by the signals supplied to the wiring G1 and the wiring S1 and displayed by the optical modulation of the liquid crystal element 340 when the pixel 410 is displayed in the reflection mode, for example. When displaying in the transmissive mode, the light-emitting element 360 can be driven by the signals supplied to the wiring G2 and the wiring S2 to emit light for display. In addition, when driving in two modes, the driving can be performed using the signals supplied to the wiring G1 , the wiring G2 , the wiring S1 , and the wiring S2 , respectively.

注意,雖然圖20A及圖20B示出一個像素410包括一個液晶元件340及一個發光元件360的例子,但是不侷限於此。圖20A示出一個像 素410包括一個液晶元件340及四個發光元件360(發光元件360r、360g、360b、360w)的例子。 Note that although FIGS. 20A and 20B illustrate an example in which one pixel 410 includes one liquid crystal element 340 and one light emitting element 360, it is not limited to this. Fig. 20A shows an example in which one pixel 410 includes one liquid crystal element 340 and four light emitting elements 360 (light emitting elements 360r, 360g, 360b, 360w).

在圖20A中,除了圖19所示的例子之外,佈線G3及佈線S3與像素410連接。 In FIG. 20A , in addition to the example shown in FIG. 19 , the wiring G3 and the wiring S3 are connected to the pixel 410 .

在圖20A所示的例子中,例如作為四個發光元件360,可以使用分別呈現紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)及白色(W)的發光元件。另外,作為液晶元件340可以使用呈現白色的反射型液晶元件。由此,在以反射模式進行顯示時,可以進行高反射率的白色顯示。另外,在以透射模式進行顯示時,可以以低功耗進行高演色性的顯示。 In the example shown in FIG. 20A , for example, as the four light-emitting elements 360 , light-emitting elements exhibiting red (R), green (G), blue (B), and white (W), respectively, can be used. In addition, as the liquid crystal element 340, a reflection type liquid crystal element that exhibits white can be used. Thereby, when displaying in the reflection mode, white display with high reflectivity can be performed. In addition, when displaying in the transmissive mode, high color rendering can be displayed with low power consumption.

另外,圖20B示出像素410的結構例子。像素410包括與電極311所包括的開口部重疊的發光元件360w、配置在電極311周圍的發光元件360r、發光元件360g及發光元件360b。發光元件360r、發光元件360g及發光元件360b較佳為具有幾乎相同的發光面積。 In addition, FIG. 20B shows a configuration example of the pixel 410 . The pixel 410 includes a light-emitting element 360w overlapping the opening included in the electrode 311 , a light-emitting element 360r arranged around the electrode 311 , a light-emitting element 360g , and a light-emitting element 360b . The light-emitting element 360r, the light-emitting element 360g, and the light-emitting element 360b preferably have almost the same light-emitting area.

〈4-3.顯示面板的結構例子〉 <4-3. Example of the structure of the display panel>

圖21是本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板300的透視示意圖。顯示面板300包括將基板351與基板361貼合在一起的結構。在圖21中,以虛線表示基板361。 FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view of a display panel 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The display panel 300 includes a structure in which the substrate 351 and the substrate 361 are bonded together. In FIG. 21 , the substrate 361 is indicated by a dotted line.

顯示面板300包括顯示部362、電路364及佈線365等。基板351例如設置有電路364、佈線365及被用作像素電極的導電層311b等。另外,圖21示出在基板351上安裝有IC373及FPC372的例子。由此,圖21所示的結構可以說是包括顯示面板300、FPC372及IC373的顯示模組。 The display panel 300 includes a display portion 362, circuits 364, wirings 365, and the like. The substrate 351 is provided with, for example, a circuit 364, a wiring 365, a conductive layer 311b used as a pixel electrode, and the like. In addition, FIG. 21 shows an example in which the IC 373 and the FPC 372 are mounted on the substrate 351 . Therefore, the structure shown in FIG. 21 can be said to be a display module including the display panel 300 , the FPC 372 and the IC 373 .

作為電路364,例如可以使用用作掃描線驅動電路的電路。 As the circuit 364, for example, a circuit used as a scanning line driver circuit can be used.

佈線365具有對顯示部及電路364供應信號或電力的功能。該信號或電力從外部經由FPC372或者從IC373輸入到佈線365。 The wiring 365 has a function of supplying signals or power to the display unit and the circuit 364 . This signal or power is input to the wiring 365 from the outside via the FPC 372 or from the IC 373 .

圖21示出利用COG(Chip On Glass:晶粒玻璃接合)方式等對基板351設置IC373的例子。例如,可以對IC373應用用作掃描線驅動電路或信號線驅動電路等的IC。另外,當顯示面板300具備用作掃描線驅動電路或信號線驅動電路的電路,或者將用作掃描線驅動電路或信號線驅動電路的電路設置在外部且藉由FPC372輸入用來驅動顯示面板300的信號等時,也可以不設置IC373。另外,也可以將IC373利用COF(Chip On Film:薄膜覆晶封裝)方式等安裝於FPC372。 FIG. 21 shows an example in which the IC 373 is provided on the substrate 351 by a COG (Chip On Glass) method or the like. For example, an IC used as a scanning line driver circuit, a signal line driver circuit, or the like can be applied to IC373. In addition, when the display panel 300 includes a circuit used as a scan line driver circuit or a signal line driver circuit, or a circuit used as a scan line driver circuit or a signal line driver circuit is provided externally and is used to drive the display panel 300 through the input of the FPC372 The IC373 can also not be set when the signal, etc. In addition, the IC373 may be mounted on the FPC372 by a COF (Chip On Film) method or the like.

圖21示出顯示部362的一部分的放大圖。在顯示部362中以矩陣狀配置有多個顯示元件所包括的導電層311b。導電層311b具有反射可見光的功能且被用作下述液晶元件340的反射電極。 FIG. 21 shows an enlarged view of a part of the display unit 362 . In the display portion 362, conductive layers 311b included in a plurality of display elements are arranged in a matrix. The conductive layer 311b has a function of reflecting visible light and is used as a reflective electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 described below.

此外,如圖21所示,導電層311b包括開口。再者,在導電層311b的基板351一側包括發光元件360。來自發光元件360的光透過導電層311b的開口發射到基板361一側。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 21, the conductive layer 311b includes openings. Furthermore, the light emitting element 360 is included on the substrate 351 side of the conductive layer 311b. Light from the light emitting element 360 is emitted to the substrate 361 side through the opening of the conductive layer 311b.

另外,可以在基板361上設置觸控感測器。例如,可以採用與顯示部362重疊地設置薄片狀的靜電電容式觸控感測器366的結構。或者,也可以在基板361與基板351之間設置觸控感測器。當在基板361與基板351之間設置觸控感測器時,既可以使用靜電電容式觸控感測器,又可以使用利用光電轉換元件的光學式觸控感測器。 In addition, a touch sensor may be provided on the substrate 361 . For example, a structure in which a sheet-like capacitive touch sensor 366 is provided so as to overlap the display portion 362 may be employed. Alternatively, a touch sensor may also be disposed between the substrate 361 and the substrate 351 . When the touch sensor is provided between the substrate 361 and the substrate 351, either an electrostatic capacitive touch sensor or an optical touch sensor using a photoelectric conversion element can be used.

〈4-4.剖面結構例子〉 <4-4. Example of sectional structure>

圖22示出圖21所例示的顯示面板中的包括FPC372的區域的一部分、包括電路364的區域的一部分、包括顯示部362的區域的一部分 以及觸控感測器366的剖面的一個例子。 22 shows an example of a cross section of a part of the area including the FPC 372, a part of the area including the circuit 364, a part of the area including the display part 362, and the touch sensor 366 in the display panel illustrated in FIG. 21 .

顯示面板在基板351與基板560之間包括絕緣層220。另外,在基板351與絕緣層220之間包括發光元件360、電晶體201、電晶體205、電晶體206及彩色層134等。另外,在絕緣層220與基板560之間包括液晶元件340、絕緣層180、彩色層131、絕緣層121、觸控感測器366等。另外,觸控感測器366隔著黏合層176與絕緣層121黏合,基板351隔著黏合層142與發光元件360黏合。 The display panel includes the insulating layer 220 between the substrate 351 and the substrate 560 . In addition, the light emitting element 360 , the transistor 201 , the transistor 205 , the transistor 206 , the color layer 134 , and the like are included between the substrate 351 and the insulating layer 220 . In addition, the liquid crystal element 340 , the insulating layer 180 , the color layer 131 , the insulating layer 121 , the touch sensor 366 and the like are included between the insulating layer 220 and the substrate 560 . In addition, the touch sensor 366 is bonded to the insulating layer 121 via the adhesive layer 176 , and the substrate 351 is bonded to the light-emitting element 360 via the adhesive layer 142 .

電晶體206與液晶元件340電連接,而電晶體205與發光元件360電連接。因為電晶體205和電晶體206都形成在絕緣層220的基板351一側的面上,所以它們可以藉由同一製程製造。 The transistor 206 is electrically connected to the liquid crystal element 340 , and the transistor 205 is electrically connected to the light-emitting element 360 . Since both the transistor 205 and the transistor 206 are formed on the substrate 351 side of the insulating layer 220, they can be manufactured by the same process.

基板560設置有觸控感測器366、彩色層131、遮光層132、絕緣層121、絕緣層180及被用作液晶元件340的共用電極的導電層313、配向膜133b、絕緣層117等。絕緣層117被用作用來保持液晶元件340的單元間隙的間隔物。 The substrate 560 is provided with a touch sensor 366 , a color layer 131 , a light shielding layer 132 , an insulating layer 121 , an insulating layer 180 , a conductive layer 313 used as a common electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 , an alignment film 133 b , an insulating layer 117 , and the like. The insulating layer 117 is used as a spacer for maintaining the cell gap of the liquid crystal element 340 .

在絕緣層220的基板351一側設置有絕緣層211、絕緣層212、絕緣層213、絕緣層214、絕緣層215等絕緣層。絕緣層211的一部分被用作各電晶體的閘極絕緣層。絕緣層212、絕緣層213及絕緣層214以覆蓋各電晶體的方式設置。此外,絕緣層215以覆蓋絕緣層214的方式設置。絕緣層214及絕緣層215具有平坦化層的功能。此外,這裡示出作為覆蓋電晶體等的絕緣層包括絕緣層212、絕緣層213及絕緣層214這三層的情況,但是絕緣層不侷限於此,也可以為四層以上、單層或兩層。如果不需要,則可以不設置用作平坦化層的絕緣層214。 On the substrate 351 side of the insulating layer 220, insulating layers such as the insulating layer 211, the insulating layer 212, the insulating layer 213, the insulating layer 214, and the insulating layer 215 are provided. A part of the insulating layer 211 is used as a gate insulating layer of each transistor. The insulating layer 212, the insulating layer 213, and the insulating layer 214 are provided so as to cover the respective transistors. In addition, the insulating layer 215 is provided so as to cover the insulating layer 214 . The insulating layer 214 and the insulating layer 215 function as a planarization layer. In addition, the case where three layers of the insulating layer 212, the insulating layer 213, and the insulating layer 214 are included as the insulating layer covering the transistor etc. is shown here, but the insulating layer is not limited to this, and may be four or more layers, a single layer, or two layers. layer. If not required, the insulating layer 214 serving as a planarization layer may not be provided.

電晶體201、電晶體205及電晶體206包括其一部分用作閘極的導電層221、其一部分用作源極或汲極的導電層222、半導體層231。在 此,對經過同一導電膜進行加工而得到的多個層附有相同的陰影線。 The transistor 201 , the transistor 205 and the transistor 206 include a conductive layer 221 whose part is used as a gate electrode, a conductive layer 222 whose part is used as a source electrode or a drain electrode, and a semiconductor layer 231 . Here, the same hatching is attached to a plurality of layers obtained by processing the same conductive film.

液晶元件340是反射型液晶元件。液晶元件340具有層疊有導電層311a、液晶312及導電層313的疊層結構。另外,設置有與導電層311a的基板351一側接觸的反射可見光的導電層311b。導電層311b包括開口251。另外,導電層311a及導電層313包含使可見光透過的材料。此外,在液晶312和導電層311a之間設置有配向膜133a,並且在液晶312和導電層313之間設置有配向膜133b。 The liquid crystal element 340 is a reflection type liquid crystal element. The liquid crystal element 340 has a laminated structure in which a conductive layer 311a, a liquid crystal 312, and a conductive layer 313 are laminated. In addition, a conductive layer 311b that reflects visible light is provided in contact with the substrate 351 side of the conductive layer 311a. The conductive layer 311b includes the opening 251 . In addition, the conductive layer 311a and the conductive layer 313 contain a material that transmits visible light. Further, an alignment film 133 a is provided between the liquid crystal 312 and the conductive layer 311 a, and an alignment film 133 b is provided between the liquid crystal 312 and the conductive layer 313 .

在液晶元件340中,導電層311b具有反射可見光的功能,導電層313具有透射可見光的功能。從基板560一側入射的光透過導電層313、液晶312,且被導電層311b反射。而且,再次透過液晶312及導電層313而到達基板560。此時,由施加到導電層311b和導電層313之間的電壓控制液晶的配向,從而可以控制光的光學調變。也就是說,可以控制經過基板560發射的光的強度。此外,由於特定的波長區域之外的光被彩色層131吸收,因此被提取的光例如呈現紅色。 In the liquid crystal element 340, the conductive layer 311b has a function of reflecting visible light, and the conductive layer 313 has a function of transmitting visible light. The light incident from the side of the substrate 560 is transmitted through the conductive layer 313 and the liquid crystal 312, and is reflected by the conductive layer 311b. Then, it passes through the liquid crystal 312 and the conductive layer 313 again and reaches the substrate 560 . At this time, the alignment of the liquid crystal is controlled by the voltage applied between the conductive layer 311b and the conductive layer 313, so that the optical modulation of light can be controlled. That is, the intensity of light emitted through the substrate 560 can be controlled. Further, since light outside the specific wavelength region is absorbed by the color layer 131, the extracted light appears red, for example.

發光元件360是底部發射型發光元件。發光元件360具有從絕緣層220一側依次層疊有導電層191、EL層192及導電層193b的疊層結構。另外,設置有覆蓋導電層193b的導電層193a。導電層193b包含反射可見光的材料,導電層191及導電層193a包含使可見光透過的材料。發光元件360所發射的光經過彩色層134、絕緣層220、開口251及導電層313等向基板560一側發射出。 The light emitting element 360 is a bottom emission type light emitting element. The light-emitting element 360 has a stacked-layer structure in which the conductive layer 191 , the EL layer 192 , and the conductive layer 193 b are stacked in this order from the insulating layer 220 side. In addition, a conductive layer 193a covering the conductive layer 193b is provided. The conductive layer 193b contains a material that reflects visible light, and the conductive layer 191 and the conductive layer 193a contain a material that transmits visible light. The light emitted by the light emitting element 360 is emitted to the side of the substrate 560 through the color layer 134 , the insulating layer 220 , the opening 251 , the conductive layer 313 and the like.

在此,如圖22所示,較佳為在開口251中設置有透射可見光的導電層311a。由此,液晶312在與開口251重疊的區域中也與其他區域同樣地配向,從而可以抑制因在這些區域的邊界產生液晶的配向不良而產生非意圖的漏光。 Here, as shown in FIG. 22 , a conductive layer 311 a that transmits visible light is preferably provided in the opening 251 . Thereby, the liquid crystal 312 is aligned in the region overlapping the opening 251 in the same manner as the other regions, and it is possible to suppress unintended light leakage due to the misalignment of the liquid crystal occurring at the boundaries of these regions.

在基板560的外側的表面配置形成有抗閃光圖案的薄膜13d。藉由使用形成有抗閃光圖案的薄膜13d可以使反射光散射,由此可以易於看到利用反射型顯示元件的顯示。此外,可以不容易被指紋等弄髒。 The thin film 13d on which the anti-glare pattern is formed is arranged on the outer surface of the substrate 560 . By using the thin film 13d formed with the anti-glare pattern, the reflected light can be scattered, whereby the display using the reflective display element can be easily seen. In addition, it may not be easily soiled by fingerprints or the like.

在覆蓋導電層191的端部的絕緣層216上設置有絕緣層217。絕緣層217具有抑制絕緣層220與基板351之間的距離過近的間隙物的功能。另外,當使用陰影遮罩(金屬遮罩)形成EL層192及導電層193a時,絕緣層217可以具有抑制該陰影遮罩接觸於被形成面的遮罩間隙體的功能。另外,如果不需要則可以不設置絕緣層217。 An insulating layer 217 is provided on the insulating layer 216 covering the end portion of the conductive layer 191 . The insulating layer 217 has a function of suppressing a spacer that is too close between the insulating layer 220 and the substrate 351 . In addition, when the EL layer 192 and the conductive layer 193a are formed using a shadow mask (metal mask), the insulating layer 217 can have a function of preventing the shadow mask from contacting the mask spacer on the surface to be formed. In addition, the insulating layer 217 may not be provided if not required.

電晶體205的源極和汲極中的一個藉由導電層224與發光元件360的導電層191電連接。 One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 205 is electrically connected to the conductive layer 191 of the light emitting element 360 through the conductive layer 224 .

電晶體206的源極和汲極中的另一個藉由連接部207與導電層311b電連接。導電層311a與導電層311b接觸,它們彼此電連接。連接部207是使設置在絕緣層220的雙面上的導電層藉由形成在絕緣層220中的開口彼此電連接的部分。 The other one of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 206 is electrically connected to the conductive layer 311b through the connection portion 207 . The conductive layer 311a is in contact with the conductive layer 311b, and they are electrically connected to each other. The connection portion 207 is a portion that electrically connects the conductive layers provided on both sides of the insulating layer 220 to each other through openings formed in the insulating layer 220 .

在基板351的不與基板560重疊的區域中設置有連接部204。連接部204藉由連接層242與FPC372電連接。連接部204具有與連接部207相同的結構。在連接部204的頂面上,對與導電層311a同一的導電膜進行加工來獲得的導電層露出。因此,藉由連接層242可以使連接部204與FPC372電連接。 The connection portion 204 is provided in a region of the substrate 351 that does not overlap with the substrate 560 . The connection portion 204 is electrically connected to the FPC 372 through the connection layer 242 . The connection portion 204 has the same structure as the connection portion 207 . On the top surface of the connection portion 204, a conductive layer obtained by processing the same conductive film as the conductive layer 311a is exposed. Therefore, the connection portion 204 can be electrically connected to the FPC 372 through the connection layer 242 .

在設置有黏合層141的一部分的區域中設置有連接部252。在連接部252中,藉由連接器243使對與導電層311a同一的導電膜進行加工來獲得的導電層和導電層313的一部分電連接。由此,可以將從連接於基板351一側的FPC372輸入的信號或電位藉由連接部252供應到形成在基板560一側的導電層313。 The connecting portion 252 is provided in a region where a part of the adhesive layer 141 is provided. In the connection portion 252 , a conductive layer obtained by processing the same conductive film as the conductive layer 311 a and a part of the conductive layer 313 are electrically connected through the connector 243 . Thereby, the signal or potential input from the FPC 372 connected to the substrate 351 side can be supplied to the conductive layer 313 formed on the substrate 560 side through the connection portion 252 .

例如,作為連接器243可以使用導電粒子。作為導電粒子,可以採用其表面被金屬材料覆蓋的有機樹脂或二氧化矽等的粒子。作為金屬材料,較佳為使用鎳或金,因為其可以降低接觸電阻。另外,較佳為使用如在鎳上還覆蓋有金等以層狀覆蓋有兩種以上的金屬材料的粒子。另外,連接器243較佳為採用能夠彈性變形或塑性變形的材料。此時,有時導電粒子的連接器243成為圖22所示那樣的在縱向上被壓扁的形狀。藉由具有該形狀,可以增大連接器243與電連接於該連接器的導電層的接觸面積,從而可以降低接觸電阻並抑制接觸不良等問題發生。 For example, conductive particles can be used as the connector 243 . As the conductive particles, particles of an organic resin, silica or the like whose surfaces are covered with a metal material can be used. As the metal material, nickel or gold is preferably used because it can reduce contact resistance. In addition, it is preferable to use particles in which two or more kinds of metal materials are coated in a layered form, for example, nickel is further coated with gold. In addition, the connector 243 is preferably made of a material capable of elastic deformation or plastic deformation. At this time, the connector 243 of the conductive particles may have a shape that is crushed in the longitudinal direction as shown in FIG. 22 . By having this shape, the contact area between the connector 243 and the conductive layer electrically connected to the connector can be increased, the contact resistance can be reduced, and the occurrence of problems such as poor contact can be suppressed.

連接器243較佳為以由黏合層141覆蓋的方式配置。例如,可以將連接器243分散在固化之前的黏合層141。 The connector 243 is preferably configured to be covered by the adhesive layer 141 . For example, connectors 243 may be dispersed in adhesive layer 141 prior to curing.

在圖22中,作為電路364的例子,示出設置有電晶體201的例子。 In FIG. 22 , as an example of the circuit 364, an example in which the transistor 201 is provided is shown.

在圖22中,作為電晶體201及電晶體205的例子,應用由兩個閘極夾著形成通道的半導體層231的結構。一個閘極由導電層221構成,而另一個閘極由隔著絕緣層212與半導體層231重疊的導電層223構成。藉由採用這種結構,可以控制電晶體的臨界電壓。此時,也可以連接兩個閘極,並藉由對該兩個閘極供應同一信號來驅動電晶體。與其他電晶體相比,這種電晶體能夠提高場效移動率,而可以增大通態電流(on-state current)。其結果是,可以製造能夠高速驅動的電路。再者能夠縮小電路部的佔有面積。藉由使用通態電流大的電晶體,即使在使顯示面板大型化或高清晰化時佈線數增多,也可以降低各佈線的信號延遲,由此可以抑制顯示的不均勻。 In FIG. 22, as an example of the transistor 201 and the transistor 205, a structure in which a semiconductor layer 231 forming a channel is sandwiched between two gate electrodes is applied. One gate is composed of the conductive layer 221 , and the other gate is composed of the conductive layer 223 overlapping the semiconductor layer 231 with the insulating layer 212 interposed therebetween. By adopting this structure, the threshold voltage of the transistor can be controlled. At this time, two gate electrodes may be connected, and the transistor may be driven by supplying the same signal to the two gate electrodes. Compared with other transistors, this transistor can improve the field efficiency mobility, and can increase the on-state current (on-state current). As a result, a circuit capable of high-speed driving can be manufactured. Furthermore, the occupied area of the circuit portion can be reduced. By using a transistor with a large on-state current, even if the number of wirings increases when the display panel is increased in size or high-definition, the signal delay of each wiring can be reduced, thereby suppressing display unevenness.

電路364所包括的電晶體與顯示部362所包括的電晶體也可以具有相同的結構。此外,電路364所包括的多個電晶體可以都具有相同 的結構或不同的結構。另外,顯示部362所包括的多個電晶體可以都具有相同的結構或不同的結構。 The transistor included in the circuit 364 and the transistor included in the display unit 362 may have the same structure. Additionally, the plurality of transistors included in circuit 364 may all have the same structure or different structures. In addition, the plurality of transistors included in the display portion 362 may all have the same structure or different structures.

覆蓋各電晶體的絕緣層212和絕緣層213中的至少一個較佳為使用水或氫等雜質不容易擴散的材料。也就是說,可以將絕緣層212或絕緣層213用作障壁膜。藉由採用這種結構,可以有效地抑制雜質從外部擴散到電晶體中,從而能夠實現可靠性高的顯示面板。 At least one of the insulating layer 212 and the insulating layer 213 covering each transistor is preferably a material that does not easily diffuse impurities such as water or hydrogen. That is, the insulating layer 212 or the insulating layer 213 may be used as a barrier film. By adopting such a structure, the diffusion of impurities from the outside into the transistor can be effectively suppressed, so that a highly reliable display panel can be realized.

〈4-5.各組件〉 <4-5. Each component>

下面,說明上述各組件。 Next, each of the above-mentioned components will be described.

[基板] [substrate]

作為顯示面板所包括的基板可以使用具有平坦面的材料。作為提取來自顯示元件的光的一側的基板,使用使該光透過的材料。例如,可以使用玻璃、石英、陶瓷、藍寶石以及有機樹脂等的材料。 As the substrate included in the display panel, a material having a flat surface can be used. A material that transmits the light is used as the substrate on which the light from the display element is extracted. For example, materials such as glass, quartz, ceramics, sapphire, and organic resins can be used.

藉由使用厚度薄的基板,可以實現顯示面板的輕量化及薄型化。再者,藉由使用其厚度允許其具有撓性的基板,可以實現撓性顯示面板。 By using a thin substrate, the weight and thickness of the display panel can be reduced. Furthermore, by using a substrate whose thickness allows it to have flexibility, a flexible display panel can be realized.

不提取發光的一側的基板也可以不具有透光性,所以除了上面例舉的基板之外還可以使用金屬基板等。由於金屬基板的導熱性高,容易將熱傳導到基板整體,因此能夠抑制顯示面板的局部溫度上升,所以是較佳的。為了獲得撓性或彎曲性,較佳為將金屬基板的厚度設定為10μm以上且200μm以下,更佳為20μm以上且50μm以下。 The substrate on the side where the light emission is not extracted may not be light-transmitting, so a metal substrate or the like may be used in addition to the substrates exemplified above. Since the thermal conductivity of the metal substrate is high, it is easy to conduct heat to the entire substrate, so that the local temperature rise of the display panel can be suppressed, which is preferable. In order to obtain flexibility or bendability, the thickness of the metal substrate is preferably 10 μm or more and 200 μm or less, and more preferably 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.

對於構成金屬基板的材料沒有特別的限制,例如,較佳為使用鋁、銅、鎳等金屬、鋁合金或不鏽鋼等的合金等。 The material constituting the metal substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, metals such as aluminum, copper, and nickel, and alloys such as aluminum alloys and stainless steel are preferably used.

此外,也可以使用使金屬基板的表面氧化或在其表面上形成絕緣膜等進行過絕緣處理的基板。例如,可以採用旋塗法或浸漬法等塗佈法、電沉積法、蒸鍍法或濺射法等的方法形成絕緣膜,也可以藉由在氧氛圍下放置或加熱或者採用陽極氧化法等的方法,在基板的表面形成氧化膜。 In addition, it is also possible to use a substrate that has undergone insulating treatment such as oxidizing the surface of the metal substrate or forming an insulating film on the surface. For example, the insulating film can be formed by a coating method such as a spin coating method or a dipping method, an electrodeposition method, a vapor deposition method, or a sputtering method. method to form an oxide film on the surface of the substrate.

作為具有撓性且對可見光具有透過性的材料,例如可以舉出如下材料:聚酯樹脂諸如聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)或聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN)等、聚丙烯腈樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯樹脂、聚碳酸酯(PC)樹脂、聚醚碸(PES)樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、環烯烴樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯胺-醯亞胺樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂或聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)樹脂等。尤其較佳為使用熱膨脹係數低的材料,例如較佳為使用熱膨脹係數為30×10-6/K以下的聚醯胺-醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂以及PET等。另外,也可以使用將有機樹脂浸滲於玻璃纖維中的基板或將無機填料混合到有機樹脂中來降低熱膨脹係數的基板。由於使用這種材料的基板的重量輕,所以使用該基板的顯示面板也可以實現輕量化。 As a material having flexibility and having permeability to visible light, for example, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), etc., Polyacrylonitrile resin, polyimide resin, polymethyl methacrylate resin, polycarbonate (PC) resin, polyether (PES) resin, polyamide resin, cycloolefin resin, polystyrene resin, poly amide-imide resin, polyvinyl chloride resin or polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) resin, etc. In particular, it is preferable to use a material with a low thermal expansion coefficient, for example, polyamide-imide resin, polyimide resin, PET, etc. having a thermal expansion coefficient of 30×10 -6 /K or less are preferably used. In addition, a substrate in which glass fibers are impregnated with an organic resin, or a substrate in which the thermal expansion coefficient is lowered by mixing an inorganic filler with the organic resin can also be used. Since the substrate using this material is lightweight, the display panel using the substrate can also be reduced in weight.

當上述材料中含有纖維體時,作為纖維體使用有機化合物或無機化合物的高強度纖維。明確而言,高強度纖維是指拉力模數或楊氏模數高的纖維。其典型例子為聚乙烯醇類纖維、聚酯類纖維、聚醯胺類纖維、聚乙烯類纖維、芳族聚醯胺類纖維、聚對苯撐苯并雙唑纖維、玻璃纖維或碳纖維。作為玻璃纖維可以舉出使用E玻璃、S玻璃、D玻璃、Q玻璃等的玻璃纖維。將上述纖維體以織布或不織布的狀態使用,並且,也可以使用在該纖維體中浸滲樹脂並使該樹脂固化而成的結構體作為撓性基板。藉由作為撓性基板使用由纖維體和樹脂構成的結構體,可以提高耐彎曲或局部擠壓所引起的破損的可靠性,所以是較佳的。 When a fibrous body is contained in the above-mentioned material, a high-strength fiber of an organic compound or an inorganic compound is used as the fibrous body. Specifically, high-strength fibers refer to fibers having a high tensile modulus or Young's modulus. Typical examples thereof are polyvinyl alcohol-based fibers, polyester-based fibers, polyamide-based fibers, polyethylene-based fibers, aromatic polyamide-based fibers, polyparaphenylene benzobisazole fibers, glass fibers, or carbon fibers. As glass fiber, the glass fiber using E glass, S glass, D glass, Q glass, etc. is mentioned. The fiber body is used in the state of a woven fabric or a non-woven fabric, and a structure obtained by impregnating the fiber body with a resin and curing the resin can also be used as a flexible substrate. By using a structure composed of a fiber body and a resin as a flexible substrate, the reliability against breakage due to bending or local extrusion can be improved, which is preferable.

或者,可以將薄得足以具有撓性的玻璃、金屬等用於基板。或者,可以使用利用黏合層貼合玻璃與樹脂材料的複合材料。 Alternatively, glass, metal, etc. thin enough to be flexible may be used for the substrate. Alternatively, a composite material in which glass and resin materials are bonded with an adhesive layer may be used.

還可以在撓性基板上層疊保護顯示面板的表面免受損傷等的硬塗層(例如,氮化矽、氧化鋁等)、能夠分散按壓力的材料的層(例如,芳族聚醯胺樹脂層等)等。另外,為了抑制水分等導致顯示元件的使用壽命降低等,也可以在撓性基板上層疊低透水性的絕緣膜。例如,可以使用氮化矽、氧氮化矽、氮氧化矽、氧化鋁、氮化鋁等無機絕緣材料。 A hard coat layer (for example, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, etc.) to protect the surface of the display panel from damage, etc., and a layer of a material capable of dispersing pressing force (for example, aramid resin) can also be laminated on the flexible substrate. layer, etc.) etc. In addition, in order to suppress a reduction in the service life of the display element due to moisture or the like, an insulating film with low water permeability may be laminated on the flexible substrate. For example, inorganic insulating materials such as silicon nitride, silicon oxynitride, silicon oxynitride, aluminum oxide, and aluminum nitride can be used.

作為基板也可以使用層疊多個層的基板。特別是,藉由採用具有玻璃層的結構,可以提高對水或氧的阻擋性而提供可靠性高的顯示面板。 As a board|substrate, the board|substrate which laminated|stacked several layers can also be used. In particular, by adopting a structure having a glass layer, the barrier properties to water or oxygen can be improved, and a highly reliable display panel can be provided.

[電晶體] [transistor]

電晶體包括:用作閘極電極的導電層;半導體層;用作源極電極的導電層;用作汲極電極的導電層;以及用作閘極絕緣層的絕緣層。上面示出採用底閘極結構電晶體的情況。 The transistor includes: a conductive layer serving as a gate electrode; a semiconductor layer; a conductive layer serving as a source electrode; a conductive layer serving as a drain electrode; and an insulating layer serving as a gate insulating layer. The case where a bottom gate structure transistor is used is shown above.

注意,對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置所包括的電晶體的結構沒有特別的限制。例如,可以採用平面型電晶體、交錯型電晶體或反交錯型電晶體。此外,還可以採用頂閘極型或底閘極型的電晶體結構。或者,也可以在通道的上下設置有閘極電極。 Note that the structure of the transistor included in the display device of one embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, planar transistors, staggered transistors, or inverse staggered transistors may be used. In addition, top-gate or bottom-gate transistor structures may also be employed. Alternatively, gate electrodes may be provided above and below the channel.

對用於電晶體的半導體材料的結晶性也沒有特別的限制,可以使用非晶半導體或具有結晶性的半導體(微晶半導體、多晶半導體、單晶半導體或其一部分具有結晶區域的半導體)。當使用具有結晶性的半導體時可以抑制電晶體的特性劣化,所以是較佳的。 The crystallinity of the semiconductor material used for the transistor is also not particularly limited, and an amorphous semiconductor or a semiconductor having crystallinity (a microcrystalline semiconductor, a polycrystalline semiconductor, a single crystal semiconductor, or a semiconductor having a crystalline region in part thereof) can be used. When a semiconductor having crystallinity is used, deterioration of the characteristics of the transistor can be suppressed, which is preferable.

另外,作為用於電晶體的半導體材料,可以使用能隙為2eV以上,較佳為2.5eV以上,更佳為3eV以上的金屬氧化物。典型的是,可以使用包含銦的氧化物半導體等,諸如後面說明的CAC-OS等。 In addition, as a semiconductor material for a transistor, a metal oxide having an energy gap of 2 eV or more, preferably 2.5 eV or more, and more preferably 3 eV or more can be used. Typically, an oxide semiconductor or the like containing indium, such as CAC-OS described later, or the like can be used.

使用其能帶間隙比矽寬且載子密度小的氧化物半導體的電晶體由於其關態電流低,因此能夠長期間保持儲存於與電晶體串聯連接的電容元件中的電荷。 A transistor using an oxide semiconductor whose energy band gap is wider than silicon and has a smaller carrier density can retain charge stored in a capacitor element connected in series with the transistor for a long period of time because of its low off-state current.

作為半導體層例如可以採用包含銦、鋅及M(鋁、鈦、鎵、鍺、釔、鋯、鑭、鈰、錫、釹或鉿等金屬)的以“In-M-Zn類氧化物”表示的膜。 As the semiconductor layer, for example, an oxide containing indium, zinc, and M (a metal such as aluminum, titanium, gallium, germanium, yttrium, zirconium, lanthanum, cerium, tin, neodymium, or hafnium) can be used, which is represented by "In-M-Zn-based oxide". film.

當構成半導體層的氧化物半導體為In-M-Zn類氧化物時,較佳為用來形成In-M-Zn氧化物膜的濺射靶材的金屬元素的原子個數比滿足In

Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0046-139
M及Zn
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0046-140
M。這種濺射靶材的金屬元素的原子個數比較佳為In:M:Zn=1:1:1、In:M:Zn=1:1:1.2、In:M:Zn=3:1:2、In:M:Zn=4:2:3、In:M:Zn=4:2:4.1、In:M:Zn=5:1:6、In:M:Zn=5:1:7、In:M:Zn=5:1:8等。注意,所形成的半導體層的原子個數比分別有可能在上述濺射靶材中的金屬元素的原子個數比的±40%的範圍內變動。 When the oxide semiconductor constituting the semiconductor layer is an In-M-Zn-based oxide, it is preferable that the atomic ratio of the metal element of the sputtering target for forming the In-M-Zn oxide film satisfies In
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0046-139
M and Zn
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0046-140
M. The atomic number of metal elements of this sputtering target is preferably In:M:Zn=1:1:1, In:M:Zn=1:1:1.2, In:M:Zn=3:1: 2. In:M:Zn=4:2:3, In:M:Zn=4:2:4.1, In:M:Zn=5:1:6, In:M:Zn=5:1:7, In:M:Zn=5:1:8, etc. Note that the atomic number ratio of the formed semiconductor layer may vary within a range of ±40% of the atomic number ratio of the metal element in the above-described sputtering target, respectively.

本實施方式所示的底閘極結構的電晶體由於能夠減少製程,所以是較佳的。另外,此時藉由使用氧化物半導體,可以在比多晶矽低的溫度下形成氧化物半導體,並且作為半導體層下方的佈線或電極的材料及基板材料可以使用耐熱性低的材料,由此可以擴大材料的選擇範圍。例如,可以適當地使用極大面積的玻璃基板等。 The transistor with the bottom gate structure shown in this embodiment is preferable because the manufacturing process can be reduced. In addition, by using an oxide semiconductor at this time, an oxide semiconductor can be formed at a temperature lower than that of polysilicon, and a material with low heat resistance can be used as the material of the wiring or electrode under the semiconductor layer, and the material of the substrate. range of materials. For example, a glass substrate having an extremely large area or the like can be appropriately used.

作為半導體層,可以使用載子密度低的氧化物半導體膜。例如,作為半導體層可以使用載子密度為1×1017/cm3以下,較佳為1×1015/cm3以下,更佳為1×1013/cm3以下,進一步較佳為1×1011/cm3以下,更進一步較佳為小於1×1010/cm3,1×10-9/cm3以上的氧化物半導體。將這樣的 氧化物半導體稱為高純度本質或實質上高純度本質的氧化物半導體。由此,因為雜質濃度及缺陷能階密度低,可以說是具有穩定的特性的氧化物半導體。 As the semiconductor layer, an oxide semiconductor film having a low carrier density can be used. For example, the carrier density that can be used as the semiconductor layer is 1×10 17 /cm 3 or less, preferably 1×10 15 /cm 3 or less, more preferably 1×10 13 /cm 3 or less, and still more preferably 1× 10 11 /cm 3 or less, more preferably less than 1 × 10 10 /cm 3 , and an oxide semiconductor of 1 × 10 -9 /cm 3 or more. Such an oxide semiconductor is referred to as a high-purity or substantially high-purity oxide semiconductor. Therefore, since the impurity concentration and the defect level density are low, it can be said that the oxide semiconductor has stable characteristics.

注意,本發明不侷限於上述記載,可以根據所需的電晶體的半導體特性及電特性(場效移動率、臨界電壓等)來使用具有適當的組成的材料。另外,較佳為適當地設定半導體層的載子密度、雜質濃度、缺陷密度、金屬元素與氧的原子個數比、原子間距離、密度等,以得到所需的電晶體的半導體特性。 Note that the present invention is not limited to the above description, and a material having an appropriate composition can be used in accordance with desired semiconductor characteristics and electrical characteristics (field mobility, threshold voltage, etc.) of the transistor. In addition, it is preferable to appropriately set the carrier density, impurity concentration, defect density, atomic ratio of metal element and oxygen, interatomic distance, density, etc. of the semiconductor layer to obtain desired semiconductor characteristics of the transistor.

當構成半導體層的氧化物半導體包含第14族元素之一的矽或碳時,半導體層中的氧缺陷增加,會使該半導體層變為n型。因此,將半導體層中的矽或碳的濃度(藉由二次離子質譜分析法測得的濃度)設定為2×1018atoms/cm3以下,較佳為2×1017atoms/cm3以下。 When the oxide semiconductor constituting the semiconductor layer contains silicon or carbon, which is one of the elements of Group 14, oxygen vacancies in the semiconductor layer increase, causing the semiconductor layer to become n-type. Therefore, the concentration of silicon or carbon in the semiconductor layer (concentration measured by secondary ion mass spectrometry) is set to 2×10 18 atoms/cm 3 or less, preferably 2×10 17 atoms/cm 3 or less .

另外,有時當鹼金屬及鹼土金屬與氧化物半導體鍵合時生成載子,而使電晶體的關態電流增大。因此,將藉由二次離子質譜分析法測得的半導體層的鹼金屬或鹼土金屬的濃度設定為1×1018atoms/cm3以下,較佳為2×1016atoms/cm3以下。 In addition, when an alkali metal and an alkaline earth metal are bonded to an oxide semiconductor, a carrier may be generated, thereby increasing the off-state current of the transistor. Therefore, the concentration of the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal in the semiconductor layer measured by secondary ion mass spectrometry is set to 1×10 18 atoms/cm 3 or less, preferably 2×10 16 atoms/cm 3 or less.

另外,當構成半導體層的氧化物半導體含有氮時生成作為載子的電子,載子密度增加而容易n型化。其結果是,使用具有含有氮的氧化物半導體的電晶體容易變為常開特性。因此,利用二次離子質譜分析法測得的半導體層的氮濃度較佳為5×1018atoms/cm3以下。 In addition, when the oxide semiconductor constituting the semiconductor layer contains nitrogen, electrons are generated as carriers, the carrier density increases, and it becomes easy to become n-type. As a result, a transistor using a nitrogen-containing oxide semiconductor tends to have a normally-on characteristic. Therefore, the nitrogen concentration of the semiconductor layer measured by secondary ion mass spectrometry is preferably 5×10 18 atoms/cm 3 or less.

另外,半導體層例如也可以具有非單晶結構。非單晶結構例如包括具有c軸配向的結晶的CAAC-OS(C-Axis Aligned Crystalline Oxide Semi conductor)、多晶結構、微晶結構或非晶結構。在非單晶結構中,非晶結構的缺陷態密度最高,而CAAC-OS的缺陷態密度最低。 In addition, the semiconductor layer may have, for example, a non-single crystal structure. The non-single crystal structure includes, for example, a crystalline CAAC-OS (C-Axis Aligned Crystalline Oxide Semi conductor) having a c-axis alignment, a polycrystalline structure, a microcrystalline structure or an amorphous structure. Among the non-single-crystal structures, the amorphous structure has the highest density of defect states, while that of CAAC-OS is the lowest.

非晶結構的氧化物半導體膜例如具有無秩序的原子排列且不具有結晶成分。或者,非晶結構的氧化物膜例如是完全的非晶結構且不具有結晶部。 An oxide semiconductor film of an amorphous structure has, for example, a disordered atomic arrangement and no crystalline component. Alternatively, the oxide film of the amorphous structure has, for example, a completely amorphous structure and does not have a crystal part.

此外,半導體層也可以為具有非晶結構的區域、微晶結構的區域、多晶結構的區域、CAAC-OS的區域和單晶結構的區域中的兩種以上的混合膜。混合膜有時例如具有包括上述區域中的兩種以上的區域的單層結構或疊層結構。 In addition, the semiconductor layer may be a mixed film of two or more of an amorphous structure region, a microcrystalline structure region, a polycrystalline structure region, a CAAC-OS region, and a single crystal structure region. The hybrid film may have, for example, a single-layer structure or a stacked-layer structure including two or more of the above-mentioned regions.

[CAC-OS的構成] [Constitution of CAC-OS]

以下說明可以用於本發明的一個實施方式所公開的電晶體的半導體層中的具有CAC構成的金屬氧化物的詳細內容。在此,作為具有CAC構成的金屬氧化物的典型例子使用CAC-OS進行說明。 The following describes the details of the metal oxide having a CAC structure that can be used in the semiconductor layer of the transistor disclosed in one embodiment of the present invention. Here, CAC-OS will be used as a typical example of a metal oxide having a CAC structure.

例如,如圖23所示的形成在絕緣膜106上的構成那樣,在CAC-OS中包含在金屬氧化物中的元素不均勻地分佈,以各元素為主要成分的區域101及區域102混合而形成為或分散為馬賽克(mosaic)狀。換言之,CAC-OS是包含在金屬氧化物中的元素不均勻地分佈的構成,其中包含不均勻地分佈的元素的材料的尺寸為0.5nm以上且10nm以下,較佳為0.5nm以上且3nm以下或近似的尺寸。 For example, as in the structure formed on the insulating film 106 shown in FIG. 23 , the elements contained in the metal oxide in CAC-OS are unevenly distributed, and the regions 101 and 102 containing each element as a main component are mixed to form Formed or dispersed as mosaics. In other words, CAC-OS is a structure in which the elements contained in the metal oxide are unevenly distributed, and the size of the material containing the unevenly distributed elements is 0.5 nm or more and 10 nm or less, preferably 0.5 nm or more and 3 nm or less. or approximate size.

包含不均勻地分佈的特定的元素的區域的物理特性由該元素所具有的性質決定。例如,包含不均勻地分佈的包含在金屬氧化物中的元素中更趨於成為絕緣體的元素的區域成為電介質區域。另一方面,包含不均勻地分佈的包含在金屬氧化物中的元素中更趨於成為導體的元素的區域成為導電體區域。當導電體區域及電介質區域以馬賽克狀混合時,該材料具有半導體的功能。 The physical properties of a region containing a specific element that is unevenly distributed are determined by the properties of the element. For example, a region containing an element that is more likely to be an insulator among elements contained in a metal oxide that is unevenly distributed becomes a dielectric region. On the other hand, a region including an element that is more likely to be a conductor among the elements included in the metal oxide that is unevenly distributed becomes a conductor region. When conductive regions and dielectric regions are mixed in a mosaic, the material functions as a semiconductor.

換言之,本發明的一個實施方式中的金屬氧化物是物理特性不同 的材料混合的基質複合材料(matrix composite)或金屬基質複合材料(metal matrix composite)的一種。 In other words, the metal oxide in one embodiment of the present invention is one of a matrix composite or a metal matrix composite in which materials having different physical properties are mixed.

氧化物半導體較佳為至少包含銦。尤其較佳為包含銦及鋅。除此之外,也可以還包含元素M(M是選自鎵、鋁、矽、硼、釔、銅、釩、鈹、鈦、鐵、鎳、鍺、鋯、鉬、鑭、鈰、釹、鉿、鉭、鎢和鎂等中的一種或多種)。 The oxide semiconductor preferably contains at least indium. It is especially preferable to contain indium and zinc. In addition, it can also contain elements M (M is selected from gallium, aluminum, silicon, boron, yttrium, copper, vanadium, beryllium, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium, one or more of hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, and magnesium, etc.).

例如,In-Ga-Zn氧化物中的CAC-OS(在CAC-OS中,尤其可以將In-Ga-Zn氧化物稱為CAC-IGZO)是指材料分成銦氧化物(以下,稱為InOX1(X1為大於0的實數))或銦鋅氧化物(以下,稱為InX2ZnY2OZ2(X2、Y2及Z2為大於0的實數))以及鎵氧化物(以下,稱為GaOX3(X3為大於0的實數))或鎵鋅氧化物(以下,稱為GaX4ZnY4OZ4(X4、Y4及Z4為大於0的實數))等而成為馬賽克狀,且馬賽克狀的InOX1或InX2ZnY2OZ2均勻地分佈在膜中的構成(以下,也稱為雲狀)。 For example, CAC-OS in In-Ga-Zn oxide (in CAC-OS, In-Ga-Zn oxide can especially be referred to as CAC-IGZO) means that the material is divided into indium oxide (hereinafter, referred to as InO X1 (X1 is a real number greater than 0)) or indium zinc oxide (hereinafter referred to as In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 (X2, Y2 and Z2 are real numbers greater than 0)) and gallium oxide (hereinafter referred to as GaO X3 (X3 is a real number greater than 0)) or gallium zinc oxide (hereinafter, referred to as Ga X4 Zn Y4 O Z4 (X4, Y4 and Z4 are real numbers greater than 0)), etc. to form a mosaic, and mosaic-like InO X1 Or a structure in which In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 is uniformly distributed in the film (hereinafter, also referred to as cloud shape).

換言之,CAC-OS是具有以GaOX3為主要成分的區域和以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域混在一起的構成的複合氧化物半導體。在本說明書中,例如,當第一區域的In與元素M的原子個數比大於第二區域的In與元素M的原子個數比時,第一區域的In濃度高於第二區域。 In other words, CAC-OS is a composite oxide semiconductor having a structure in which a region mainly composed of GaO X3 and a region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 are mixed together. In this specification, for example, when the atomic number ratio of In to the element M in the first region is larger than the atomic ratio of In to the element M in the second region, the In concentration of the first region is higher than that of the second region.

注意,IGZO是通稱,有時是指包含In、Ga、Zn及O的化合物。作為典型例子,可以舉出以InGaO3(ZnO)m1(m1為自然數)或In(1+x0)Ga(1-x0)O3(ZnO)m0(-1

Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0049-141
x0
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0049-142
1,m0為任意數)表示的結晶性化合物。 Note that IGZO is a generic term and may refer to a compound containing In, Ga, Zn, and O. Typical examples include InGaO 3 (ZnO) m1 (m1 is a natural number) or In (1+x0) Ga (1-x0) O 3 (ZnO) m0 (-1
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0049-141
x0
Figure 105137948-A0202-12-0049-142
1, m0 is a crystalline compound represented by an arbitrary number).

上述結晶性化合物具有單晶結構、多晶結構或CAAC結構。CAAC結構是多個IGZO的奈米晶具有c軸配向性且在a-b面上以不配向的方式連接的結晶結構。 The above-mentioned crystalline compound has a single crystal structure, a polycrystalline structure or a CAAC structure. The CAAC structure is a crystalline structure in which a plurality of IGZO nanocrystals have c-axis alignment and are connected in a non-aligned manner on the a-b planes.

另一方面,CAC-OS與氧化物半導體的材料構成有關。CAC-OS是指如下構成:在包含In、Ga、Zn及O的材料構成中,一部分中觀察到以Ga為主要成分的奈米粒子狀區域,一部分中觀察到以In為主要成分的奈米粒子狀區域,並且,這些區域分別以馬賽克狀無規律地分散。因此,在CAC-OS中,結晶結構是次要因素。 On the other hand, CAC-OS is related to the material composition of oxide semiconductors. CAC-OS refers to a structure in which, in a material structure including In, Ga, Zn, and O, a nanoparticle-like region mainly composed of Ga is observed in a part, and a nanoparticle region mainly composed of In is observed in a part. particle-like regions, and these regions are randomly dispersed in a mosaic shape. Therefore, in CAC-OS, the crystalline structure is a secondary factor.

CAC-OS不包含組成不同的二種以上的膜的疊層結構。例如,不包含由以In為主要成分的膜與以Ga為主要成分的膜的兩層構成的結構。 CAC-OS does not include a stacked structure of two or more films with different compositions. For example, a structure composed of two layers of a film containing In as a main component and a film containing Ga as a main component is not included.

注意,有時觀察不到以GaOX3為主要成分的區域與以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域之間的明確的邊界。 Note that a clear boundary between the region mainly composed of GaO X3 and the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 may not be observed.

在CAC-OS中包含選自鋁、矽、硼、釔、銅、釩、鈹、鈦、鐵、鎳、鍺、鋯、鉬、鑭、鈰、釹、鉿、鉭、鎢和鎂等中的一種或多種以代替鎵的情況下,CAC-OS是指如下結構:一部分中觀察到以該元素為主要成分的奈米粒子狀區域,一部分中觀察到以In為主要成分的奈米粒子狀區域,並且,這些區域以馬賽克狀無規律地分散。 In the CAC-OS, a compound selected from the group consisting of aluminum, silicon, boron, yttrium, copper, vanadium, beryllium, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten and magnesium is included. In the case where one or more kinds of gallium are used instead of gallium, CAC-OS refers to a structure in which a nanoparticle-like region mainly composed of this element is observed in a part, and a nanoparticle-shaped region mainly composed of In is observed in a part. , and these regions are scattered irregularly in a mosaic pattern.

[CAC-OS的分析] [Analysis of CAC-OS]

接著,說明使用各種測定方法對在基板上形成的氧化物半導體進行測定的結果。 Next, the measurement results of the oxide semiconductor formed on the substrate using various measurement methods will be described.

[樣本的結構及製造方法] [Sample structure and manufacturing method]

以下,對本發明的一個實施方式的九個樣本進行說明。各樣本在形成氧化物半導體時的基板溫度及氧氣體流量比上不同。各樣本包括基板及基板上的氧化物半導體。 Hereinafter, nine samples of one embodiment of the present invention will be described. The substrate temperature and the oxygen gas flow rate ratio at the time of forming the oxide semiconductor were different between the samples. Each sample includes a substrate and an oxide semiconductor on the substrate.

對各樣本的製造方法進行說明。 The manufacturing method of each sample is demonstrated.

作為基板使用玻璃基板。使用濺射裝置在玻璃基板上作為氧化物半導體形成厚度為100nm的In-Ga-Zn氧化物。成膜條件為如下:將處理室內的壓力設定為0.6Pa,作為靶材使用氧化物靶材(In:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1[原子個數比])。另外,對設置在濺射裝置內的氧化物靶材供應2500W的AC功率。 A glass substrate was used as the substrate. An In-Ga-Zn oxide having a thickness of 100 nm was formed on a glass substrate as an oxide semiconductor using a sputtering apparatus. The film formation conditions were as follows: the pressure in the processing chamber was set to 0.6 Pa, and an oxide target (In:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1 [atomic number ratio]) was used as the target. In addition, AC power of 2500 W was supplied to the oxide target set in the sputtering apparatus.

在形成氧化物時採用如下條件來製造九個樣本:將基板溫度設定為不進行意圖性的加熱時的溫度(以下,也稱為室溫或R.T.)、130℃或170℃。另外,將氧氣體對Ar和氧的混合氣體的流量比(以下,也稱為氧氣體流量比)設定為10%、30%或100%。 Nine samples were produced under the following conditions when forming oxides: the substrate temperature was set to a temperature (hereinafter, also referred to as room temperature or R.T.) without intentional heating, 130°C or 170°C. In addition, the flow ratio of the oxygen gas to the mixed gas of Ar and oxygen (hereinafter, also referred to as the oxygen gas flow ratio) is set to 10%, 30%, or 100%.

[X射線繞射分析] [X-ray diffraction analysis]

在本節中,說明對九個樣本進行X射線繞射(XRD:X-ray diffraction)測定的結果。作為XRD裝置,使用Bruker公司製造的D8 ADVANCE。測定條件為如下:利用Out-of-plane法進行θ/2θ掃描,掃描範圍為15deg.至50deg.,步進寬度為0.02deg.,掃描速度為3.0deg./分。 In this section, the results of X-ray diffraction (XRD: X-ray diffraction) measurement on nine samples are described. As the XRD apparatus, D8 ADVANCE manufactured by Bruker was used. The measurement conditions were as follows: θ/2θ scanning was performed by the Out-of-plane method, the scanning range was 15 deg. to 50 deg., the step width was 0.02 deg., and the scanning speed was 3.0 deg./min.

圖24示出利用Out-of-plane法測定XRD譜的結果。在圖24中,最上行示出成膜時的基板溫度為170℃的樣本的測定結果,中間行示出成膜時的基板溫度為130℃的樣本的測定結果,最下行示出成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.的樣本的測定結果。另外,最左列示出氧氣體流量比為10%的樣本的測定結果,中間列示出氧氣體流量比為30%的樣本的測定結果,最右列示出氧氣體流量比為100%的樣本的測定結果。 FIG. 24 shows the results of measuring the XRD spectrum by the Out-of-plane method. In FIG. 24 , the top row shows the measurement result of the sample whose substrate temperature during film formation was 170° C., the middle row shows the measurement result of the sample whose substrate temperature during film formation was 130° C., and the bottom row shows the measurement result of film formation. The substrate temperature of R.T. was measured for samples. In addition, the leftmost column shows the measurement result of the sample whose oxygen gas flow ratio is 10%, the middle column shows the measurement result of the sample whose oxygen gas flow ratio is 30%, and the rightmost column shows the measurement result of the sample whose oxygen gas flow ratio is 100%. sample measurement results.

在圖24所示的XRD譜中,成膜時的基板溫度越高或成膜時的氧氣體流量比越高,2θ=31°附近的峰值強度則越大。另外,已知2θ=31°附近的峰值來源於在大致垂直於被形成面或頂面的方向上具有c軸配向 性的結晶性IGZO化合物(也稱為CAAC(c-axis aligned crystalline)-IGZO)。 In the XRD spectrum shown in FIG. 24 , the higher the substrate temperature during film formation or the higher the oxygen gas flow rate ratio during film formation, the greater the peak intensity around 2θ=31°. In addition, it is known that the peak around 2θ=31° is derived from a crystalline IGZO compound (also referred to as CAAC (c-axis aligned crystalline)-IGZO) having c-axis alignment in the direction substantially perpendicular to the surface to be formed or the top surface. ).

另外,如圖24的XRD譜所示,成膜時的基板溫度越低或氧氣體流量比越低,峰值則越不明顯。因此,可知在成膜時的基板溫度低或氧氣體流量比低的樣本中,觀察不到測定區域的a-b面方向及c軸方向的配向。 In addition, as shown in the XRD spectrum of FIG. 24 , the lower the substrate temperature during film formation or the lower the oxygen gas flow rate ratio, the less pronounced the peak. Therefore, it was found that the alignment in the a-b plane direction and the c-axis direction of the measurement region was not observed in the samples in which the substrate temperature during film formation was low or the oxygen gas flow rate ratio was low.

[電子顯微鏡分析] [Electron Microscopic Analysis]

在本節中,說明對在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本利用HAADF-STEM(High-Angle Annular Dark Field Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope:高角度環形暗場-掃描穿透式電子顯微鏡)進行觀察及分析的結果(以下,也將利用HAADF-STEM取得的影像稱為TEM影像)。 In this section, the use of HAADF-STEM (High-Angle Annular Dark Field Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope: High-Angle Annular Dark Field Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope: High-Angle Annular Dark Field Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope: High-Angle Annular Dark Field) for samples fabricated under the conditions of R.T. - Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope) observation and analysis results (hereinafter, the image acquired by HAADF-STEM is also referred to as a TEM image).

說明對利用HAADF-STEM取得的平面影像(以下,也稱為平面TEM影像)及剖面影像(以下,也稱為剖面TEM影像)進行影像分析的結果。利用球面像差校正功能觀察TEM影像。在取得HAADF-STEM影像時,使用日本電子株式會社製造的原子解析度分析電子顯微鏡JEM-ARM200F,將加速電壓設定為200kV,照射束徑大致為0.1nmΦ的電子束。 The result of image analysis of the plane image (hereinafter, also referred to as plane TEM image) and the cross-section image (hereinafter, also referred to as cross-section TEM image) acquired by HAADF-STEM will be described. TEM images were observed with spherical aberration correction. When the HAADF-STEM image was acquired, an atomic resolution analysis electron microscope JEM-ARM200F manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used, the acceleration voltage was set to 200 kV, and an electron beam having a beam diameter of approximately 0.1 nmΦ was irradiated.

圖25A為在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的平面TEM影像。圖25B為在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的剖面TEM影像。 25A is a planar TEM image of a sample fabricated under the conditions that the substrate temperature during film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio is 10%. 25B is a cross-sectional TEM image of a sample fabricated under the conditions that the substrate temperature during film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio is 10%.

[電子繞射圖案的分析] [Analysis of Electron Diffraction Pattern]

在本節中,說明藉由對在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本照射束徑為1nm的電子束(也稱為奈米 束),來取得電子繞射圖案的結果。 In this section, it is explained that the sample obtained by irradiating an electron beam (also referred to as a nanobeam) with a beam diameter of 1 nm to a sample produced under the conditions that the substrate temperature at the time of film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio is 10%, is obtained. Results of the electron diffraction pattern.

觀察圖25A所示的在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的平面TEM影像中的黑點a1、黑點a2、黑點a3、黑點a4及黑點a5的電子繞射圖案。電子繞射圖案的觀察以固定速度照射電子束35秒鐘的方式進行。圖25C示出黑點a1的結果,圖25D示出黑點a2的結果,圖25E示出黑點a3的結果,圖25F示出黑點a4的結果,圖25G示出黑點a5的結果。 Observe the black point a1, black point a2, black point a3, and black point a4 in the planar TEM image of the sample produced under the conditions of the substrate temperature at the time of film formation being R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio of 10% shown in FIG. 25A and the electron diffraction pattern of black point a5. The electron diffraction pattern was observed by irradiating the electron beam at a constant speed for 35 seconds. Fig. 25C shows the result for black point a1, Fig. 25D shows the result for black point a2, Fig. 25E shows the result for black point a3, Fig. 25F shows the result for black point a4, and Fig. 25G shows the result for black point a5.

在圖25C、圖25D、圖25E、圖25F及圖25G中,觀察到如圓圈那樣的(環狀的)亮度高的區域。另外,在環狀區域內觀察到多個斑點。 In FIGS. 25C , 25D, 25E, 25F, and 25G, regions with high brightness such as circles (ring-shaped) are observed. In addition, multiple spots were observed in the annular region.

觀察圖25B所示的在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的剖面TEM影像中的黑點b1、黑點b2、黑點b3、黑點b4及黑點b5的電子繞射圖案。圖25H示出黑點b1的結果,圖25I示出黑點b2的結果,圖25J示出黑點b3的結果,圖25K示出黑點b4的結果,圖25L示出黑點b5的結果。 Observe the black point b1, black point b2, black point b3, black point b4 in the cross-sectional TEM image of the sample produced under the condition that the substrate temperature during film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio is 10% as shown in FIG. 25B and the electron diffraction pattern of black dot b5. Figure 25H shows the result for black point b1, Figure 25I shows the result for black point b2, Figure 25J shows the result for black point b3, Figure 25K shows the result for black point b4, and Figure 25L shows the result for black point b5.

在圖25H、圖25I、圖25J、圖25K及圖25L中,觀察到環狀的亮度高的區域。另外,在環狀區域內觀察到多個斑點。 In FIGS. 25H , 25I, 25J, 25K, and 25L, a ring-shaped region with high brightness was observed. In addition, multiple spots were observed in the annular region.

例如,當對包含InGaZnO4結晶的CAAC-OS在平行於樣本面的方向上入射束徑為300nm的電子束時,可以獲得包含起因於InGaZnO4結晶的(009)面的斑點的繞射圖案。換言之,CAAC-OS具有c軸配向性,並且c軸朝向大致垂直於被形成面或頂面的方向。另一方面,當對相同的樣本在垂直於樣本面的方向上入射束徑為300nm的電子束時,確認到環狀繞射圖案。換言之,CAAC-OS不具有a軸配向性及b軸配向性。 For example, when an electron beam with a beam diameter of 300 nm is incident on a CAAC - OS containing InGaZnO crystals in a direction parallel to the sample surface, a diffraction pattern containing spots originating from the (009) plane of the InGaZnO crystals can be obtained. In other words, the CAAC-OS has a c-axis orientation, and the c-axis is oriented in a direction substantially perpendicular to the surface to be formed or the top surface. On the other hand, when an electron beam having a beam diameter of 300 nm was incident on the same sample in a direction perpendicular to the sample surface, a circular diffraction pattern was observed. In other words, CAAC-OS does not have a-axis alignment and b-axis alignment.

當使用大束徑(例如,50nm以上)的電子束對具有微晶的氧化物 半導體(nano crystalline oxide semiconductor,以下稱為nc-OS)進行電子繞射時,觀察到類似光暈圖案的繞射圖案。另外,當使用小束徑(例如,小於50nm)的電子束對nc-OS進行奈米束電子繞射時,觀察到亮點(斑點)。另外,在nc-OS的奈米束電子繞射圖案中,有時觀察到如圓圈那樣的(環狀的)亮度高的區域。而且,有時在環狀區域內觀察到多個亮點。 When electron diffraction of a nanocrystalline oxide semiconductor (hereinafter referred to as nc-OS) with microcrystals is performed using an electron beam with a large beam diameter (eg, 50 nm or more), a diffraction pattern similar to a halo pattern is observed . In addition, when nc-OS was subjected to nanobeam electron diffraction using an electron beam with a small beam diameter (eg, less than 50 nm), bright spots (spots) were observed. In addition, in the nanobeam electron diffraction pattern of nc-OS, a region with high brightness such as a circle (ring-shaped) may be observed. Also, a plurality of bright spots are sometimes observed in the annular region.

在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的電子繞射圖案具有環狀的亮度高的區域且在該環狀區域內出現多個亮點。因此,在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本呈現與nc-OS類似的電子繞射圖案,在平面方向及剖面方向上不具有配向性。 The electron diffraction pattern of the sample produced under the conditions that the substrate temperature during film formation was R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio was 10% had a ring-shaped region with high brightness and many bright spots appeared in the ring-shaped region. Therefore, the samples fabricated under the conditions of the substrate temperature at the time of film formation being R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio being 10% exhibited electron diffraction patterns similar to those of nc-OS, and had no alignment in the plane and cross-section directions.

如上所述,成膜時的基板溫度低或氧氣體流量比低的氧化物半導體的性質與非晶結構的氧化物半導體膜及單晶結構的氧化物半導體膜都明顯不同。 As described above, the properties of an oxide semiconductor having a low substrate temperature or a low oxygen gas flow ratio during film formation are significantly different from those of an oxide semiconductor film of an amorphous structure and an oxide semiconductor film of a single crystal structure.

[元素分析] [Elemental analysis]

在本節中,說明使用能量色散型X射線分析法(EDX:Energy Dispersive X-ray spectroscopy)取得EDX面分析影像且進行評價,由此進行在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的元素分析的結果。在EDX測定中,作為元素分析裝置使用日本電子株式會社製造的能量色散型X射線分析裝置JED-2300T。在檢測從樣本發射的X射線時,使用矽漂移探測器。 In this section, it is explained that the EDX surface analysis image is obtained and evaluated using energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX), and the substrate temperature at the time of film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio is Results of elemental analysis of samples fabricated under 10% conditions. In the EDX measurement, an energy dispersive X-ray analyzer JED-2300T manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used as an elemental analyzer. In detecting the X-rays emitted from the sample, a silicon drift detector is used.

在EDX測定中,對樣本的分析目標區域的各點照射電子束,並測定此時發生的樣本的特性X射線的能量及發生次數,獲得對應於各點的EDX譜。在本實施方式中,各點的EDX譜的峰值歸屬於In原子中的向L殼層的電子躍遷、Ga原子中的向K殼層的電子躍遷、Zn原子中的 向K殼層的電子躍遷及O原子中的向K殼層的電子躍遷,並算出各點的各原子的比率。藉由在樣本的分析目標區域中進行上述步驟,可以獲得示出各原子的比率分佈的EDX面分析影像。 In EDX measurement, an electron beam is irradiated to each point in the analysis target region of a sample, the energy and the number of occurrences of characteristic X-rays of the sample generated at this time are measured, and an EDX spectrum corresponding to each point is obtained. In this embodiment, the peak of the EDX spectrum at each point is attributed to the electronic transition to the L shell in the In atom, the electronic transition to the K shell in the Ga atom, and the electronic transition to the K shell in the Zn atom. and the electron transition to the K shell in the O atom, and the ratio of each atom at each point was calculated. By performing the above steps in the analysis target region of the sample, an EDX surface analysis image showing the ratio distribution of each atom can be obtained.

圖26A至圖26C示出在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的剖面的EDX面分析影像。圖26A示出Ga原子的EDX面分析影像(在所有的原子中Ga原子所佔的比率為1.18至18.64[atomic%])。圖26B示出In原子的EDX面分析影像(在所有的原子中In原子所佔的比率為9.28至33.74[atomic%])。圖26C示出Zn原子的EDX面分析影像(在所有的原子中Zn原子所佔的比率為6.69至24.99[atomic%])。另外,圖26A、圖26B及圖26C示出在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本的剖面中的相同區域。在EDX面分析影像中,由明暗表示元素的比率:該區域內的測定元素越多該區域越亮,測定元素越少該區域就越暗。圖26A至圖26C所示的EDX面分析影像的倍率為720萬倍。 FIGS. 26A to 26C show EDX surface analysis images of cross-sections of samples manufactured under the conditions that the substrate temperature at the time of film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow rate ratio is 10%. FIG. 26A shows an EDX surface analysis image of Ga atoms (the ratio occupied by Ga atoms in all atoms is 1.18 to 18.64 [atomic %]). FIG. 26B shows an EDX surface analysis image of In atoms (the ratio occupied by In atoms in all atoms is 9.28 to 33.74 [atomic %]). FIG. 26C shows an EDX surface analysis image of Zn atoms (the ratio occupied by Zn atoms in all atoms is 6.69 to 24.99 [atomic %]). 26A , 26B and 26C show the same regions in the cross-sections of the samples manufactured under the conditions that the substrate temperature during film formation is R.T. and the oxygen gas flow rate ratio is 10%. In the EDX surface analysis image, the ratio of elements is represented by light and dark: the more measured elements in the area, the brighter the area, and the less measured elements, the darker the area. The magnification of the EDX plane analysis images shown in FIGS. 26A to 26C is 7.2 million times.

在圖26A、圖26B及圖26C所示的EDX面分析影像中,確認到明暗的相對分佈,在成膜時的基板溫度為R.T.且氧氣體流量比為10%的條件下製造的樣本中確認到各原子具有分佈。在此,著眼於圖26A、圖26B及圖26C所示的由實線圍繞的區域及由虛線圍繞的區域。 In the EDX surface analysis images shown in FIGS. 26A , 26B, and 26C, the relative distribution of light and dark was confirmed, and it was confirmed in the samples manufactured under the conditions that the substrate temperature at the time of film formation was R.T. and the oxygen gas flow ratio was 10%. to each atom has a distribution. Here, attention will be paid to the area surrounded by the solid line and the area surrounded by the broken line shown in FIGS. 26A , 26B and 26C .

在圖26A中,在由實線圍繞的區域內相對較暗的區域較多,在由虛線圍繞的區域內相對較亮的區域較多。另外,在圖26B中,在由實線圍繞的區域內相對較亮的區域較多,在由虛線圍繞的區域內相對較暗的區域較多。 In FIG. 26A , there are many relatively dark areas in the area surrounded by solid lines, and many relatively bright areas in the area surrounded by dotted lines. In addition, in FIG. 26B , there are many relatively bright areas in the area surrounded by the solid line, and many relatively dark areas in the area surrounded by the dotted line.

換言之,由實線圍繞的區域為In原子相對較多的區域,由虛線圍繞的區域為In原子相對較少的區域。在圖26C中,在由實線圍繞的區域內,右側是相對較亮的區域,左側是相對較暗的區域。因此,由實 線圍繞的區域為以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1等為主要成分的區域。 In other words, the region surrounded by the solid line is a region with relatively many In atoms, and the region surrounded by the dotted line is a region with relatively few In atoms. In FIG. 26C, within the area surrounded by the solid line, the right side is a relatively bright area, and the left side is a relatively dark area. Therefore, the region surrounded by the solid line is a region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 , InO X1 , or the like.

另外,由實線圍繞的區域為Ga原子相對較少的區域,由虛線圍繞的區域為Ga原子相對較多的區域。在圖26C中,在由虛線圍繞的區域內,左上方的區域為相對較亮的區域,右下方的區域為相對較暗的區域。因此,由虛線圍繞的區域為以GaOX3或GaX4ZnY4OZ4等為主要成分的區域。 In addition, the region surrounded by the solid line is a region with relatively few Ga atoms, and the region surrounded by the broken line is a region with relatively many Ga atoms. In FIG. 26C, within the area surrounded by the dotted line, the upper left area is a relatively bright area, and the lower right area is a relatively dark area. Therefore, the region surrounded by the dotted line is a region mainly composed of GaO X3 , Ga X4 Zn Y4 O Z4 , or the like.

如圖26A、圖26B及圖26C所示,In原子的分佈與Ga原子的分佈相比更均勻,以InOX1為主要成分的區域看起來像是藉由以InX2ZnY2OZ2為主要成分的區域互相連接的。如此,以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域以雲狀展開形成。 As shown in FIGS. 26A , 26B and 26C , the distribution of In atoms is more uniform than the distribution of Ga atoms, and the region containing InO X1 as the main component appears to be formed by using In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 as the main component areas are interconnected. In this way, a region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is formed in a cloud-like manner.

如此,可以將具有以GaOX3等為主要成分的區域及以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域不均勻地分佈而混合的構成的In-Ga-Zn氧化物稱為CAC-OS。 In this way, an In-Ga-Zn oxide having a structure in which a region containing GaO X3 or the like as a main component and a region containing In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 as a main component are unevenly distributed and mixed can be referred to as CAC- OS.

CAC-OS的結晶結構具有nc結構。在具有nc結構的CAC-OS的電子繞射圖案中,除了起因於包含單晶、多晶或CAAC結構的IGZO的亮點(斑點)以外,還出現多個亮點(斑點)。或者,該結晶結構定義為除了出現多個亮點(斑點)之外,還出現環狀的亮度高的區域。 The crystal structure of CAC-OS has an nc structure. In the electron diffraction pattern of CAC - OS having an nc structure, a plurality of bright spots (spots) appeared in addition to the bright spots (spots) due to IGZO including single crystal, polycrystalline or CAAC structure. Alternatively, the crystal structure is defined as the appearance of a ring-shaped region with high brightness in addition to the appearance of a plurality of bright spots (spots).

另外,如圖26A、圖26B及圖26C所示,以GaOX3等為主要成分的區域及以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域的尺寸為0.5nm以上且10nm以下或者1nm以上且3nm以下。在EDX面分析影像中,以各元素為主要成分的區域的直徑較佳為1nm以上且2nm以下。 In addition, as shown in FIGS. 26A , 26B and 26C , the size of the region mainly composed of GaO X3 and the like and the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is 0.5 nm or more and 10 nm or less, or 1 nm. more than 3 nm or less. In the EDX surface analysis image, the diameter of the region containing each element as a main component is preferably 1 nm or more and 2 nm or less.

如上所述,CAC-OS的結構與金屬元素均勻地分佈的IGZO化合物不同,其具有與IGZO化合物不同的性質。換言之,CAC-OS具有以GaOX3 等為主要成分的區域及以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域互相分離且以各元素為主要成分的區域為馬賽克狀的構成。 As described above, the structure of CAC-OS is different from IGZO compounds in which metal elements are uniformly distributed, and it has different properties from IGZO compounds. In other words, the CAC-OS has a mosaic-like structure in which the region mainly composed of GaO X3 and the like and the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 are separated from each other and the region mainly composed of each element is formed.

在此,以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域的導電性高於以GaOX3等為主要成分的區域。換言之,當載子流過以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域時,呈現氧化物半導體的導電性。因此,當以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域在氧化物半導體中以雲狀分佈時,可以實現高場效移動率(μ)。 Here, the conductivity of the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is higher than that of the region mainly composed of GaO X3 or the like. In other words, when carriers flow through the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 , the conductivity of an oxide semiconductor is exhibited. Therefore, when a region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is distributed in a cloud shape in the oxide semiconductor, a high field efficiency mobility (μ) can be achieved.

另一方面,以GaOX3等為主要成分的區域的絕緣性高於以InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1為主要成分的區域。換言之,當以GaOX3等為主要成分的區域在氧化物半導體中分佈時,可以抑制洩漏電流而實現良好的切換工作。 On the other hand, the insulating property of the region mainly composed of GaO X3 or the like is higher than that of the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 . In other words, when a region mainly composed of GaO X3 or the like is distributed in the oxide semiconductor, leakage current can be suppressed and a good switching operation can be realized.

因此,當將CAC-OS用於半導體元件時,藉由起因於GaOX3等的絕緣性及起因於InX2ZnY2OZ2或InOX1的導電性的互補作用可以實現高通態電流(Ion)及高場效移動率(μ)。 Therefore, when CAC-OS is used for a semiconductor element, a high on-state current (I on ) can be realized by the complementary effect of the insulating properties due to GaO X3 and the like and the conductivity due to In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 and high field mobility (μ).

另外,使用CAC-OS的半導體元件具有高可靠性。因此,CAC-OS適用於顯示器等各種半導體裝置。 In addition, semiconductor elements using CAC-OS have high reliability. Therefore, CAC-OS is suitable for various semiconductor devices such as displays.

或者,可以將矽用於形成有電晶體的通道的半導體。作為矽可以使用非晶矽,尤其較佳為使用具有結晶性的矽。例如,較佳為使用微晶矽、多晶矽、單晶矽等。尤其是,多晶矽與單晶矽相比能夠在低溫下形成,並且其場效移動率比非晶矽高,所以多晶矽的可靠性高。 Alternatively, silicon can be used for the semiconductor forming the channel of the transistor. Amorphous silicon can be used as silicon, and it is particularly preferable to use silicon having crystallinity. For example, it is preferable to use microcrystalline silicon, polycrystalline silicon, monocrystalline silicon, or the like. In particular, polycrystalline silicon can be formed at a lower temperature than monocrystalline silicon, and its field efficiency mobility is higher than that of amorphous silicon, so polycrystalline silicon has high reliability.

本實施方式所例示的底閘極結構的電晶體由於能夠減少製程,所以是較佳的。此外,此時藉由使用非晶矽,與多晶矽相比可以在更低的溫度下形成,因此作為半導體層下方的佈線或電極的材料及基板材料可以使用耐熱性低的材料,由此可以擴大材料的選擇範圍。例如, 可以適當地使用極大面積的玻璃基板等。另一方面,頂閘極型電晶體容易自對準地形成雜質區域,從而可以減少特性的不均勻等,所以是較佳的。此時,尤其較佳為使用多晶矽或單晶矽等。 The transistor with the bottom gate structure exemplified in this embodiment is preferable because the manufacturing process can be reduced. In addition, by using amorphous silicon at this time, it can be formed at a lower temperature than polysilicon. Therefore, materials with low heat resistance can be used as materials for wirings and electrodes under the semiconductor layer, and materials for substrates. range of materials. For example, a very large area glass substrate or the like can be appropriately used. On the other hand, the top gate transistor is preferable because it is easy to form impurity regions in a self-aligned manner and can reduce unevenness in characteristics and the like. In this case, it is particularly preferable to use polycrystalline silicon, single crystal silicon, or the like.

[導電層] [Conductive layer]

作為可用於電晶體的閘極、源極及汲極和構成顯示裝置的各種佈線及電極等導電層的材料,可以舉出鋁、鈦、鉻、鎳、銅、釔、鋯、鉬、銀、鉭或鎢等金屬或者以上述金屬為主要成分的合金等。另外,可以以單層或疊層結構使用包含這些材料的膜。例如,可以舉出包含矽的鋁膜的單層結構、在鈦膜上層疊鋁膜的兩層結構、在鎢膜上層疊鋁膜的兩層結構、在銅-鎂-鋁合金膜上層疊銅膜的兩層結構、在鈦膜上層疊銅膜的兩層結構、在鎢膜上層疊銅膜的兩層結構、依次層疊鈦膜或氮化鈦膜、鋁膜或銅膜以及鈦膜或氮化鈦膜的三層結構、以及依次層疊鉬膜或氮化鉬膜、鋁膜或銅膜以及鉬膜或氮化鉬膜的三層結構等。另外,可以使用氧化銦、氧化錫或氧化鋅等氧化物。另外,藉由使用包含錳的銅,可以提高蝕刻時的形狀的控制性,所以是較佳的。 Examples of materials that can be used for conductive layers such as gates, sources, and drains of transistors and various wirings and electrodes constituting display devices include aluminum, titanium, chromium, nickel, copper, yttrium, zirconium, molybdenum, silver, Metals such as tantalum and tungsten, or alloys containing these metals as their main components, etc. In addition, films comprising these materials can be used in a single layer or in a laminated structure. For example, a single-layer structure of an aluminum film containing silicon, a two-layer structure of an aluminum film laminated on a titanium film, a two-layer structure of an aluminum film laminated on a tungsten film, and a copper-magnesium-aluminum alloy film laminated with copper can be mentioned. Two-layer structure of film, two-layer structure of copper film laminated on titanium film, two-layer structure of copper film laminated on tungsten film, sequential lamination of titanium film or titanium nitride film, aluminum film or copper film, and titanium film or nitrogen film A three-layer structure of a titanium oxide film, and a three-layer structure of a molybdenum film or a molybdenum nitride film, an aluminum film or a copper film, and a molybdenum film or a molybdenum nitride film are sequentially laminated. In addition, oxides such as indium oxide, tin oxide, or zinc oxide can be used. Moreover, since the controllability of the shape at the time of etching can be improved by using copper containing manganese, it is preferable.

另外,作為透光性導電材料,可以使用氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、添加有鎵的氧化鋅等導電氧化物或石墨烯。或者,可以使用金、銀、鉑、鎂、鎳、鎢、鉻、鉬、鐵、鈷、銅、鈀或鈦等金屬材料、包含該金屬材料的合金材料。或者,還可以使用該金屬材料的氮化物(例如,氮化鈦)等。另外,當使用金屬材料、合金材料(或者它們的氮化物)時,將其形成得薄到具有透光性,即可。此外,可以將上述材料的疊層膜用作導電層。例如,藉由使用銀和鎂的合金與銦錫氧化物的疊層膜等,可以提高導電性,所以是較佳的。上述材料也可以用於構成顯示裝置的各種佈線及電極等的導電層、顯示元件所包括的導電層(被用作像素電極或共用電極的導電層)。 Further, as the light-transmitting conductive material, conductive oxides such as indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, and gallium-added zinc oxide, or graphene can be used. Alternatively, metal materials such as gold, silver, platinum, magnesium, nickel, tungsten, chromium, molybdenum, iron, cobalt, copper, palladium, or titanium, and alloy materials containing the metal materials can be used. Alternatively, a nitride (eg, titanium nitride) or the like of the metal material may also be used. In addition, when a metal material or an alloy material (or their nitrides) is used, it may be thin enough to have translucency. In addition, a laminated film of the above-mentioned materials can be used as the conductive layer. For example, by using an alloy of silver and magnesium and a laminated film of indium tin oxide, etc., the conductivity can be improved, which is preferable. The above-mentioned materials can also be used for conductive layers constituting various wirings and electrodes of display devices, and conductive layers included in display elements (conductive layers used as pixel electrodes or common electrodes).

[絕緣層] [Insulation]

作為可用於各絕緣層的絕緣材料,例如可以使用丙烯酸樹脂或環氧樹脂等樹脂、具有矽氧烷鍵的樹脂、無機絕緣材料如氧化矽、氧氮化矽、氮氧化矽、氮化矽或氧化鋁等。 As insulating materials that can be used for each insulating layer, for example, resins such as acrylic resins or epoxy resins, resins having siloxane bonds, inorganic insulating materials such as silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride or the like can be used. Alumina etc.

另外,發光元件較佳為設置於一對透水性低的絕緣膜之間。由此,能夠抑制水等雜質進入發光元件,從而能夠抑制裝置的可靠性下降。 In addition, the light-emitting element is preferably provided between a pair of insulating films with low water permeability. Thereby, it is possible to prevent impurities such as water from entering the light-emitting element, and it is possible to prevent the reliability of the device from deteriorating.

作為透水性低的絕緣膜,可以舉出氮化矽膜、氮氧化矽膜等含有氮及矽的膜以及氮化鋁膜等含有氮及鋁的膜等。另外,也可以使用氧化矽膜、氧氮化矽膜以及氧化鋁膜等。 Examples of insulating films with low water permeability include films containing nitrogen and silicon such as silicon nitride films and silicon oxynitride films, films containing nitrogen and aluminum such as aluminum nitride films, and the like. In addition, a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxide film, or the like can also be used.

例如,透水性低的絕緣膜的水蒸氣透過量為1×10-5[g/(m2.day)]以下,較佳為1×10-6[g/(m2.day)]以下,更佳為1×10-7[g/(m2.day)]以下,進一步較佳為1×10-8[g/(m2.day)]以下。 For example, the water vapor transmission amount of the insulating film with low water permeability is 1×10 -5 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less, preferably 1×10 -6 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less , more preferably 1×10 −7 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less, and still more preferably 1×10 −8 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less.

[液晶元件] [liquid crystal element]

作為液晶元件,可以採用使用VA(Vertical Alignment:垂直配向)模式的液晶元件。作為垂直配向模式,可以使用MVA(Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment:多象限垂直配向)模式、PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment:垂直配向構型)模式、ASV(Advanced Super View:高級超視覺)模式等。 As the liquid crystal element, a liquid crystal element using a VA (Vertical Alignment: Vertical Alignment) mode can be used. As the vertical alignment mode, an MVA (Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment) mode, a PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, an ASV (Advanced Super View) mode, or the like can be used.

另外,作為液晶元件,可以採用使用各種模式的液晶元件。例如,除了VA模式以外,可以使用TN(Twisted Nematic:扭曲向列)模式、IPS(In-Plane-Switching:平面切換)模式、FFS(Fringe Field Switching:邊緣電場切換)模式;ASM(Axially Symmetric Aligned Micro-cell:軸對稱排列微單元)模式、OCB(Optically Compensated Birefringence:光學補償彎曲)模式、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal:鐵電性液晶)模式、AFLC(AntiFerroelectric Liquid Crystal: 反鐵電液晶)模式等的液晶元件。 Moreover, as a liquid crystal element, the liquid crystal element using various modes can be employ|adopted. For example, in addition to the VA mode, TN (Twisted Nematic: Twisted Nematic) mode, IPS (In-Plane-Switching: In-Plane Switching) mode, FFS (Fringe Field Switching: Fringe Field Switching) mode; ASM (Axially Symmetric Aligned) mode can be used Micro-cell: Axisymmetric arrangement of micro cells) mode, OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence: Optical Compensation Bend) mode, FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal: Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, AFLC (AntiFerroelectric Liquid Crystal: Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, etc. of liquid crystal elements.

液晶元件是利用液晶的光學調變作用來控制光的透過或非透過的元件。液晶的光學調變作用由施加到液晶的電場(包括橫向電場、縱向電場或傾斜方向電場)控制。作為用於液晶元件的液晶可以使用熱致液晶、低分子液晶、高分子液晶、高分子分散型液晶(PDLC:Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal:聚合物分散液晶)、鐵電液晶、反鐵電液晶等。這些液晶材料根據條件呈現出膽固醇相、層列相、立方相、手向列相、各向同性相等。 The liquid crystal element is an element that controls the transmission or non-transmission of light by utilizing the optical modulation effect of liquid crystal. The optical modulation of the liquid crystal is controlled by the electric field (including the transverse electric field, the longitudinal electric field or the oblique direction electric field) applied to the liquid crystal. As the liquid crystal used in the liquid crystal element, thermotropic liquid crystal, low molecular liquid crystal, polymer liquid crystal, polymer dispersed liquid crystal (PDLC: Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal), ferroelectric liquid crystal, antiferroelectric liquid crystal and the like can be used. These liquid crystal materials exhibit a cholesteric phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, and an isotropic phase, depending on conditions.

另外,作為液晶材料,可以使用正型液晶和負型液晶中的任一種,根據所使用的模式或設計採用適當的液晶材料即可。 In addition, as the liquid crystal material, either positive type liquid crystal or negative type liquid crystal can be used, and an appropriate liquid crystal material may be used according to the mode or design to be used.

另外,為了控制液晶的配向,可以設置配向膜。在採用橫向電場方式的情況下,也可以採用不使用配向膜的呈現藍相的液晶。藍相是液晶相的一種,是指當使膽固醇液晶的溫度上升時即將從膽固醇相轉變到均質相之前出現的相。因為藍相只在窄的溫度範圍內出現,所以將其中混合有幾wt%以上的手性試劑的液晶組合物用於液晶層,以擴大溫度範圍。包含呈現藍相的液晶和手性試劑的液晶組成物的回應速度快,並且其具有光學各向同性。此外,包含呈現藍相的液晶和手性試劑的液晶組成物不需要配向處理,並且視角依賴性小。另外,由於不需要設置配向膜而不需要摩擦處理,因此可以防止由於摩擦處理而引起的靜電破壞,並可以降低製程中的液晶顯示裝置的不良、破損。 In addition, in order to control the alignment of the liquid crystal, an alignment film may be provided. In the case of using the transverse electric field method, a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase without using an alignment film can also be used. The blue phase is a type of liquid crystal phase, and refers to a phase that appears just before the transition from the cholesteric phase to the homogeneous phase when the temperature of the cholesteric liquid crystal is raised. Since the blue phase appears only in a narrow temperature range, a liquid crystal composition in which a chiral agent of several wt % or more is mixed is used for the liquid crystal layer to widen the temperature range. A liquid crystal composition comprising a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent has a high response speed and is optically isotropic. In addition, a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent does not require alignment treatment and has little viewing angle dependence. In addition, since there is no need to provide an alignment film and no rubbing treatment is required, electrostatic damage caused by the rubbing treatment can be prevented, and defects and breakage of the liquid crystal display device during the manufacturing process can be reduced.

另外,作為液晶元件,可以採用透射型液晶元件、反射型液晶元件或半透射型液晶元件等。 In addition, as the liquid crystal element, a transmissive liquid crystal element, a reflective liquid crystal element, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal element, or the like can be used.

在本發明的一個實施方式中,尤其可以採用反射型液晶元件。 In one embodiment of the present invention, a reflective liquid crystal element can be used in particular.

當採用透射型液晶元件或半透射型液晶元件時,以夾著一對基板的方式設置兩個偏光板。另外,在一個偏光板的外側設置背光。背光可以是直下型背光,也可以是邊緣照明型背光。當使用具備LED的直下型背光時,容易進行局部調光(local dimming)處理,由此可以提高對比度,所以是較佳的。另外,當使用邊緣照明型背光時,可以將包括背光的模組形成得較薄,所以是較佳的。 When a transmissive liquid crystal element or a semi-transmissive liquid crystal element is used, two polarizing plates are provided so as to sandwich a pair of substrates. In addition, a backlight is provided on the outside of one polarizing plate. The backlight can be a direct type backlight or an edge-lit type backlight. When a direct type backlight including LEDs is used, local dimming can be easily performed, whereby the contrast ratio can be improved, which is preferable. In addition, when an edge lighting type backlight is used, the module including the backlight can be formed thinner, which is preferable.

當採用反射型液晶元件時,將偏光板設置在顯示面一側。此外,當在顯示面一側設置光擴散板時,可以提高可見度,所以是較佳的。 When a reflective liquid crystal element is used, the polarizing plate is provided on the display surface side. In addition, when a light-diffusion plate is provided on the display surface side, visibility can be improved, which is preferable.

另外,在使用反射型或半透射型液晶元件時,也可以在偏光板的外側設置前光源。作為前光源,較佳為使用邊緣照明型前光源。當使用具備LED的前光源時,可以降低功耗,所以是較佳的。 In addition, when a reflective or semi-transmissive liquid crystal element is used, a front light source may be provided outside the polarizing plate. As the front light source, it is preferable to use an edge lighting type front light source. When a front light source with LEDs is used, power consumption can be reduced, so it is preferable.

在本發明的一個實施方式中,尤其較佳的是液晶材料包含二向色性染料。此外,包含二向色性染料的液晶材料被稱為賓主液晶。明確而言,賓主液晶可以將在分子的長軸方向上具有較大的吸光度,且在與長軸方向正交的短軸方向上具有較小的吸光度的材料用作二向色性染料。較佳的是,將具有10以上的二向色性比的材料用作二向色性染料,更佳的是,將具有20以上的二向色性比的材料用作二向色性染料。 In one embodiment of the present invention, it is especially preferred that the liquid crystal material contains a dichroic dye. Also, liquid crystal materials containing dichroic dyes are called guest-host liquid crystals. Specifically, in the guest-host liquid crystal, a material having a large absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule and a small absorbance in the short axis direction orthogonal to the long axis direction can be used as a dichroic dye. Preferably, a material having a dichroic ratio of 10 or more is used as the dichroic dye, and more preferably, a material having a dichroic ratio of 20 or more is used as the dichroic dye.

例如,可以將偶氮類染料、蒽醌類染料、二噁嗪類染料等用作二向色性染料。或者,可以將包含平行配向的二向色性染料的兩層的液晶層以配向方向互相正交的方式重疊的結構用於包含液晶材料的層。由此,可以容易吸收全方位的光。或者,可以提高對比度。 For example, azo-based dyes, anthraquinone-based dyes, dioxazine-based dyes, and the like can be used as the dichroic dyes. Alternatively, a structure in which two liquid crystal layers containing parallel-aligned dichroic dyes are overlapped so that the alignment directions are orthogonal to each other may be used for the layer containing the liquid crystal material. Thereby, omnidirectional light can be easily absorbed. Alternatively, the contrast ratio can be increased.

此外,也可以將相轉變型賓主液晶或包含賓主液晶的液滴分散在高分子的結構用於液晶材料。 In addition, a phase-transition-type guest-host liquid crystal or a droplet containing the guest-host liquid crystal may be dispersed in a polymer structure for use as a liquid crystal material.

這裡,參照圖27A及圖27B對液晶元件的液晶材料包含二向色性染料的結構進行說明。 Here, the structure in which the liquid crystal material of the liquid crystal element contains the dichroic dye will be described with reference to FIGS. 27A and 27B .

圖27A及圖27B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的液晶元件780的工作的圖。 27A and 27B are diagrams for explaining the operation of the liquid crystal element 780 according to the embodiment of the present invention.

圖27A及圖27B所示的液晶元件780在一對電極(電極781及電極782)之間包括液晶層783及配向膜785a、785b。此外,液晶層783包括液晶材料LC、二向色性染料DD。此外,這裡,以電極781為反射性電極,以電極782為透光性電極進行說明。 The liquid crystal element 780 shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B includes a liquid crystal layer 783 and alignment films 785a and 785b between a pair of electrodes (an electrode 781 and an electrode 782). In addition, the liquid crystal layer 783 includes a liquid crystal material LC and a dichroic dye DD. In addition, here, the electrode 781 is demonstrated as a reflective electrode, and the electrode 782 is demonstrated as a translucent electrode.

圖27A是說明液晶層783的工作狀態的圖,圖27B是說明與圖27A不同的工作狀態的圖。 FIG. 27A is a diagram illustrating an operating state of the liquid crystal layer 783, and FIG. 27B is a diagram illustrating an operating state different from that in FIG. 27A.

如圖27A所示,二向色性染料DD以對在厚度方向上行進的光的吸收較少的方式配向。例如,使用電場使用作主體材料的液晶材料LC配向,且控制用作客體材料的二向色性染料的配向。由此,可以使透過的光被電極781反射。因此,可以形成反射型液晶元件而不使用偏光板。 As shown in FIG. 27A , the dichroic dye DD is aligned in such a way as to absorb less light traveling in the thickness direction. For example, an electric field is used to align a liquid crystal material LC serving as a host material, and control the alignment of a dichroic dye serving as a guest material. Thereby, the transmitted light can be reflected by the electrode 781 . Therefore, a reflective liquid crystal element can be formed without using a polarizing plate.

此外,當假設上述說明的混合顯示器時,在液晶元件780的下方設置發光元件。當採用該結構時,藉由以二向色性染料DD的吸收較少的方式配向,可以抑制發光元件所發射的光的衰減。因此,由於不會因偏光板等遮蔽發光元件所發射的光,所以可以高效利用發光元件所發射的光。 Further, when the hybrid display described above is assumed, a light-emitting element is provided below the liquid crystal element 780 . When this structure is adopted, the attenuation of the light emitted from the light-emitting element can be suppressed by aligning so that the absorption of the dichroic dye DD is less. Therefore, since the light emitted by the light emitting element is not blocked by the polarizing plate or the like, the light emitted by the light emitting element can be efficiently used.

此外,如圖27B所示,二向色性染料DD以對在厚度方向上行進的光的吸收較多的方式配向。例如,使用電場使用作主體材料的液晶材料LC配向,且控制用作客體材料的二向色性染料的配向。由此,由二 向色性染料DD吸收透過的光,可以減弱入射到電極781的光。因此,可以形成反射型液晶元件而不使用偏光板。 Further, as shown in FIG. 27B , the dichroic dye DD is aligned so as to absorb more light traveling in the thickness direction. For example, an electric field is used to align a liquid crystal material LC serving as a host material, and control the alignment of a dichroic dye serving as a guest material. Thereby, the transmitted light is absorbed by the dichroic dye DD, and the light incident on the electrode 781 can be weakened. Therefore, a reflective liquid crystal element can be formed without using a polarizing plate.

[發光元件] [Light-emitting element]

作為發光元件,可以使用能夠進行自發光的元件,並且在其範疇內包括由電流或電壓控制亮度的元件。例如,可以使用LED、有機EL元件以及無機EL元件等。 As the light-emitting element, an element capable of self-luminescence can be used, and an element whose luminance is controlled by current or voltage is included in its category. For example, LEDs, organic EL elements, inorganic EL elements, and the like can be used.

作為發光元件的結構有頂部發射結構、底部發射結構或雙面發射結構等。作為提取光一側的電極使用使可見光透過的導電膜。另外,作為不提取光一側的電極較佳為使用反射可見光的導電膜。 The structure of the light-emitting element includes a top emission structure, a bottom emission structure, a double-sided emission structure, and the like. A conductive film that transmits visible light is used as the electrode on the light extraction side. In addition, it is preferable to use a conductive film that reflects visible light as the electrode on the side that does not extract light.

EL層至少包括發光層。作為發光層以外的層,EL層可以還包括包含電洞注入性高的物質、電洞傳輸性高的物質、電洞阻擋材料、電子傳輸性高的物質、電子注入性高的物質或雙極性的物質(電子傳輸性及電洞傳輸性高的物質)等的層。 The EL layer includes at least a light-emitting layer. As layers other than the light-emitting layer, the EL layer may further contain a substance with high hole injecting property, a substance with high hole transport property, a hole blocking material, a substance with high electron transport property, a substance with high electron injecting property, or bipolar layer of a substance (a substance with high electron-transporting properties and hole-transporting properties), etc.

EL層可以使用低分子化合物或高分子化合物,還可以包含無機化合物。構成EL層的層分別可以藉由蒸鍍法(包括真空蒸鍍法)、轉印法、印刷法、噴墨法、塗佈法等方法形成。 The EL layer may use a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound, and may also contain an inorganic compound. The layers constituting the EL layer can be formed by methods such as vapor deposition methods (including vacuum vapor deposition methods), transfer methods, printing methods, ink jet methods, and coating methods, respectively.

當在陰極與陽極之間施加高於發光元件的臨界電壓的電壓時,電洞從陽極一側注入到EL層中,而電子從陰極一側注入到EL層中。被注入的電子和電洞在EL層中再結合,由此,包含在EL層中的發光物質發光。 When a voltage higher than the critical voltage of the light-emitting element is applied between the cathode and the anode, holes are injected into the EL layer from the anode side, and electrons are injected into the EL layer from the cathode side. The injected electrons and holes are recombined in the EL layer, whereby the light-emitting substance contained in the EL layer emits light.

當作為發光元件使用白色發光的發光元件時,較佳為使EL層包含兩種以上的發光物質。例如藉由以使兩個以上的發光物質的各發光成為互補色關係的方式選擇發光物質,可以獲得白色發光。例如,較佳 為包含如下發光物質中的兩個以上:呈現R(紅色)、G(綠色)、B(藍色)、Y(黃色)、O(橙色)等發光的發光物質及呈現包含R、G、B中的兩種以上的顏色的光譜成分的發光的發光物質。另外,較佳為使用來自發光元件的發光的光譜在可見光區域的波長(例如350nm至750nm)的範圍內具有兩個以上的峰值的發光元件。另外,在黃色的波長範圍中具有峰值的材料的發射光譜較佳為還在綠色及紅色的波長範圍具有光譜成分。 When a light-emitting element that emits white light is used as the light-emitting element, it is preferable that the EL layer contains two or more kinds of light-emitting substances. For example, white light emission can be obtained by selecting a light-emitting substance so that the respective light emission of two or more light-emitting substances is in a complementary color relationship. For example, it is preferable to include two or more of the following light-emitting substances: a light-emitting substance that emits light such as R (red), G (green), B (blue), Y (yellow), and O (orange), and a light-emitting substance that emits light including R A luminescent substance that emits light with spectral components of two or more colors in G and B. In addition, it is preferable to use a light-emitting element having two or more peaks in the wavelength range of the visible light region (eg, 350 nm to 750 nm) in the spectrum of light emission from the light-emitting element. In addition, the emission spectrum of the material having a peak in the wavelength range of yellow preferably also has spectral components in the wavelength range of green and red.

EL層較佳為採用疊層結構,該疊層包括包含發射一種顏色的光的發光材料的發光層與包含發射其他顏色的光的發光材料的發光層。例如,EL層中的多個發光層既可以互相接觸而層疊,也可以隔著不包含任何發光材料的區域層疊。例如,可以在螢光發光層與磷光發光層之間設置如下區域:包含與該螢光發光層或磷光發光層相同的材料(例如主體材料、輔助材料)並且不包含任何發光材料的區域。由此,發光元件的製造變得容易,另外,驅動電壓得到降低。 The EL layer preferably adopts a laminated structure including a light-emitting layer including a light-emitting material emitting light of one color and a light-emitting layer including a light-emitting material emitting light of another color. For example, a plurality of light-emitting layers in the EL layer may be stacked in contact with each other, or may be stacked with a region not containing any light-emitting material interposed therebetween. For example, a region containing the same material (eg, host material, auxiliary material) as the fluorescent light-emitting layer or the phosphorescent light-emitting layer and not containing any light-emitting material may be provided between the fluorescent light-emitting layer and the phosphorescent light-emitting layer. This facilitates the manufacture of the light-emitting element, and further reduces the driving voltage.

另外,發光元件既可以是包括一個EL層的單元件,又可以是隔著電荷產生層層疊有多個EL層的串聯元件。 In addition, the light-emitting element may be a single element including one EL layer, or may be a tandem element in which a plurality of EL layers are stacked with a charge generating layer interposed therebetween.

作為使可見光透過的導電膜,例如可以使用氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、添加有鎵的氧化鋅等形成。另外,也可以藉由將金、銀、鉑、鎂、鎳、鎢、鉻、鉬、鐵、鈷、銅、鈀或鈦等金屬材料、包含這些金屬材料的合金或這些金屬材料的氮化物(例如,氮化鈦)等形成得薄到具有透光性來使用。此外,可以使用上述材料的疊層膜作為導電層。例如,當使用銀和鎂的合金與銦錫氧化物的疊層膜等時,可以提高導電性,所以是較佳的。另外,也可以使用石墨烯等。 As a conductive film which transmits visible light, it can be formed using, for example, indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, gallium-added zinc oxide, or the like. In addition, metal materials such as gold, silver, platinum, magnesium, nickel, tungsten, chromium, molybdenum, iron, cobalt, copper, palladium or titanium, alloys containing these metal materials, or nitrides ( For example, titanium nitride) or the like is formed thin enough to have light transmittance and is used. In addition, a laminated film of the above-mentioned materials can be used as the conductive layer. For example, it is preferable to use a laminated film of an alloy of silver and magnesium and indium tin oxide, etc., since the conductivity can be improved. In addition, graphene or the like can also be used.

作為反射可見光的導電膜,例如可以使用鋁、金、鉑、銀、鎳、鎢、鉻、鉬、鐵、鈷、銅或鈀等金屬材料或包含這些金屬材料的合金。 另外,也可以在上述金屬材料或合金中添加有鑭、釹或鍺等。此外,也可以使用包含鈦、鎳或釹及鋁的合金(鋁合金)。另外,也可以使用包含銅、鈀、鎂與銀的合金。包含銀和銅的合金具有高耐熱性,所以是較佳的。並且,藉由以與鋁膜或鋁合金膜接觸的方式層疊金屬膜或金屬氧化物膜,可以抑制氧化。作為這種金屬膜、金屬氧化物膜的材料,可以舉出鈦、氧化鈦等。另外,也可以層疊上述使可見光透過的導電膜與由金屬材料構成的膜。例如,可以使用銀與銦錫氧化物的疊層膜、銀和鎂的合金與銦錫氧化物的疊層膜等。 As the conductive film reflecting visible light, for example, metal materials such as aluminum, gold, platinum, silver, nickel, tungsten, chromium, molybdenum, iron, cobalt, copper, or palladium, or alloys containing these metal materials can be used. In addition, lanthanum, neodymium, germanium, or the like may be added to the above-mentioned metal material or alloy. In addition, an alloy (aluminum alloy) containing titanium, nickel or neodymium and aluminum can also be used. In addition, alloys containing copper, palladium, magnesium, and silver may also be used. Alloys containing silver and copper are preferred because of their high heat resistance. Furthermore, by stacking the metal film or the metal oxide film in contact with the aluminum film or the aluminum alloy film, oxidation can be suppressed. As a material of such a metal film and a metal oxide film, titanium, titanium oxide, etc. are mentioned. In addition, the above-mentioned conductive film that transmits visible light and a film made of a metal material may be laminated. For example, a laminated film of silver and indium tin oxide, a laminated film of an alloy of silver and magnesium and indium tin oxide, or the like can be used.

各電極可以藉由利用蒸鍍法或濺射法形成。除此之外,也可以藉由利用噴墨法等噴出法、網版印刷法等印刷法、或者鍍法形成各電極。 Each electrode can be formed by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method. In addition to this, each electrode may be formed by a discharge method such as an inkjet method, a printing method such as a screen printing method, or a plating method.

另外,上述發光層以及包含電洞注入性高的物質、電洞傳輸性高的物質、電子傳輸性高的物質及電子注入性高的物質、雙極性物質等的層可以分別包含量子點等的無機化合物或高分子化合物(低聚物、枝狀聚合物或聚合物等)。例如,藉由將量子點用於發光層,也可以將其用作發光材料。 In addition, the above-mentioned light-emitting layer and the layer containing a material with high hole injecting properties, a material with high hole transporting property, a material with high electron transporting property, a material with high electron injecting property, a bipolar material, etc. may respectively contain quantum dots or the like. Inorganic compounds or high molecular compounds (oligomers, dendrimers or polymers, etc.). For example, by using quantum dots for a light-emitting layer, it can also be used as a light-emitting material.

作為量子點材料,可以使用膠狀量子點材料、合金型量子點材料、核殼(Core Shell)型量子點材料、核型量子點材料等。另外,也可以使用包含第12族和第16族、第13族和第15族、第14族和第16族的元素組的材料。或者,可以使用包含鎘、硒、鋅、硫、磷、銦、碲、鉛、鎵、砷、鋁等元素的量子點材料。 As the quantum dot material, a colloidal quantum dot material, an alloy type quantum dot material, a core shell type quantum dot material, a core type quantum dot material and the like can be used. In addition, materials including element groups of Groups 12 and 16, Groups 13 and 15, and Groups 14 and 16 can also be used. Alternatively, quantum dot materials containing elements such as cadmium, selenium, zinc, sulfur, phosphorous, indium, tellurium, lead, gallium, arsenic, aluminum, and the like may be used.

[黏合層] [adhesive layer]

作為黏合層,可以使用紫外線硬化型黏合劑等光硬化型黏合劑、反應硬化型黏合劑、熱固性黏合劑、厭氧黏合劑等各種硬化型黏合劑。作為這些黏合劑,可以舉出環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、矽酮樹脂、酚醛樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、醯亞胺樹脂、PVC(聚氯乙烯)樹脂、PVB(聚 乙烯醇縮丁醛)樹脂、EVA(乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯)樹脂等。尤其較佳為使用環氧樹脂等透濕性低的材料。另外,也可以使用兩液混合型樹脂。此外,也可以使用黏合薄片等。 As the adhesive layer, various curable adhesives, such as photocurable adhesives such as ultraviolet curable adhesives, reaction curable adhesives, thermosetting adhesives, and anaerobic adhesives, can be used. Examples of these adhesives include epoxy resins, acrylic resins, silicone resins, phenolic resins, polyimide resins, imide resins, PVC (polyvinyl chloride) resins, and PVB (polyvinyl butyral) resin, EVA (ethylene-vinyl acetate) resin, etc. In particular, it is preferable to use a material with low moisture permeability such as epoxy resin. In addition, a two-liquid mixed type resin can also be used. In addition, an adhesive sheet or the like can also be used.

另外,在上述樹脂中也可以包含乾燥劑。例如,可以使用鹼土金屬的氧化物(氧化鈣或氧化鋇等)那樣的藉由化學吸附性吸附水分的物質。或者,也可以使用沸石或矽膠等藉由物理吸附性吸附水分的物質。當在樹脂中包含乾燥劑時,能夠抑制水分等雜質進入元件,從而提高顯示面板的可靠性,所以是較佳的。 In addition, a drying agent may be contained in the said resin. For example, a substance that adsorbs moisture by chemical adsorption, such as an oxide of an alkaline earth metal (calcium oxide, barium oxide, etc.), can be used. Alternatively, a substance that adsorbs moisture by physical adsorption, such as zeolite or silica gel, may be used. When a desiccant is included in the resin, it is possible to prevent impurities such as moisture from entering the element, thereby improving the reliability of the display panel, which is preferable.

此外,藉由在上述樹脂中混合折射率高的填料或光散射構件,可以提高光提取效率。例如,可以使用氧化鈦、氧化鋇、沸石、鋯等。 In addition, by mixing a filler with a high refractive index or a light-scattering member in the above-mentioned resin, the light extraction efficiency can be improved. For example, titanium oxide, barium oxide, zeolite, zirconium and the like can be used.

[連接層] [connection layer]

作為連接層,可以使用異方性導電膜(ACF:Anisotropic Conductive Film)、異方性導電膏(ACP:Anisotropic Conductive Paste)等。 As a connection layer, an anisotropic conductive film (ACF: Anisotropic Conductive Film), an anisotropic conductive paste (ACP: Anisotropic Conductive Paste), etc. can be used.

[彩色層] [color layer]

作為能夠用於彩色層的材料,可以舉出金屬材料、樹脂材料、包含顏料或染料的樹脂材料等。 As a material which can be used for a color layer, a metal material, a resin material, a resin material containing a pigment or a dye, etc. are mentioned.

[遮光層] [shading layer]

作為能夠用於遮光層的材料,可以舉出碳黑、鈦黑、金屬、金屬氧化物或包含多個金屬氧化物的固溶體的複合氧化物等。遮光層也可以為包含樹脂材料的膜或包含金屬等無機材料的薄膜。另外,也可以對遮光層使用包含彩色層的材料的膜的疊層膜。例如,可以採用包含用於使某個顏色的光透過的彩色層的材料的膜與包含用於使其他顏色的光透過的彩色層的材料的膜的疊層結構。藉由使彩色層與遮光層的 材料相同,除了可以使用相同的裝置以外,還可以簡化製程,因此是較佳的。 As a material that can be used for the light-shielding layer, carbon black, titanium black, metal, metal oxide, or a composite oxide containing a solid solution of a plurality of metal oxides can be mentioned. The light shielding layer may be a film containing a resin material or a thin film containing an inorganic material such as a metal. Moreover, the laminated film of the film containing the material of a color layer can also be used for the light-shielding layer. For example, a laminated structure of a film containing a material for a color layer for transmitting light of a certain color and a film containing a material for a color layer for transmitting light of another color can be employed. By making the material of the color layer and the light shielding layer the same, in addition to using the same device, the manufacturing process can be simplified, which is preferable.

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式5 Embodiment 5

在本實施方式中,參照圖式說明可以代替上述實施方式所示的各電晶體而使用的電晶體的一個例子。 In the present embodiment, an example of a transistor that can be used in place of each transistor shown in the above-described embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings.

本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置可以使用底閘極型電晶體或頂閘極型電晶體等各種形態的電晶體來製造。因此,可以很容易地對應於習知的生產線更換所使用的半導體層材料或電晶體結構。 The display device according to one embodiment of the present invention can be manufactured using various types of transistors, such as bottom gate type transistors and top gate type transistors. Therefore, the semiconductor layer material or transistor structure used can be easily changed to correspond to the conventional production line.

〈5-1.底閘極型電晶體〉 <5-1. Bottom gate type transistor>

圖28A1是底閘極型電晶體的一種的通道保護型電晶體810的通道長度方向的剖面圖。圖28A2、圖28B1、圖28B2、圖28C1和圖28C2是底閘極型電晶體的通道長度方向的剖面圖。 28A1 is a cross-sectional view in the channel length direction of a channel protection transistor 810, which is one type of bottom gate transistor. 28A2 , 28B1 , 28B2 , 28C1 and 28C2 are cross-sectional views in the channel length direction of the bottom gate type transistor.

在圖28A1中,電晶體810形成在基板771上。另外,電晶體810在基板771上隔著絕緣層772包括電極746。另外,在電極746上隔著絕緣層726包括半導體層742。電極746可以被用作閘極電極。絕緣層726可以被用作閘極絕緣層。 In FIG. 28A1, transistor 810 is formed on substrate 771. In addition, the transistor 810 includes the electrode 746 on the substrate 771 with the insulating layer 772 interposed therebetween. In addition, the semiconductor layer 742 is included on the electrode 746 with the insulating layer 726 interposed therebetween. Electrode 746 may be used as a gate electrode. The insulating layer 726 may be used as a gate insulating layer.

另外,在半導體層742的通道形成區域上包括絕緣層741。此外,在絕緣層726上以與半導體層742的一部分接觸的方式包括電極744a及電極744b。電極744a可以被用作源極電極和汲極電極中的一個。電極744b可以被用作源極電極和汲極電極中的另一個。電極744a的一 部分及電極744b的一部分形成在絕緣層741上。 In addition, an insulating layer 741 is included on the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 742 . In addition, an electrode 744a and an electrode 744b are included on the insulating layer 726 so as to be in contact with a part of the semiconductor layer 742 . The electrode 744a may be used as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode. The electrode 744b may be used as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode. A part of the electrode 744a and a part of the electrode 744b are formed on the insulating layer 741.

絕緣層741可以被用作通道保護層。藉由在通道形成區域上設置絕緣層741,可以防止在形成電極744a及電極744b時半導體層742露出。由此,可以防止在形成電極744a及電極744b時半導體層742的通道形成區域被蝕刻。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現電特性良好的電晶體。 The insulating layer 741 may be used as a channel protection layer. By providing the insulating layer 741 on the channel formation region, the semiconductor layer 742 can be prevented from being exposed when the electrodes 744a and 744b are formed. Thereby, the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 742 can be prevented from being etched when the electrodes 744a and 744b are formed. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transistor having good electrical characteristics can be realized.

另外,電晶體810在電極744a、電極744b及絕緣層741上包括絕緣層728,在絕緣層728上包括絕緣層729。 In addition, the transistor 810 includes an insulating layer 728 on the electrodes 744 a , 744 b , and the insulating layer 741 , and includes an insulating layer 729 on the insulating layer 728 .

當將氧化物半導體用於半導體層742時,較佳為將能夠從半導體層742的一部分中奪取氧而產生氧缺陷的材料用於電極724a及電極724b的至少與半導體層742接觸的部分。半導體層742中的產生氧缺陷的區域的載子濃度增加,該區域n型化而成為n型區域(n+層)。因此,該區域能夠被用作源極區域或汲極區域。當將氧化物半導體用於半導體層742時,作為能夠從半導體層742中奪取氧而產生氧缺陷的材料的一個例子,可以舉出鎢、鈦等。 When an oxide semiconductor is used for the semiconductor layer 742, it is preferable to use a material capable of extracting oxygen from a part of the semiconductor layer 742 to generate oxygen vacancies for the electrode 724a and the electrode 724b at least in contact with the semiconductor layer 742. In the semiconductor layer 742, the carrier concentration of the region where oxygen vacancies are generated increases, and the region is n-typed to become an n-type region (n + layer). Therefore, this region can be used as a source region or a drain region. When an oxide semiconductor is used for the semiconductor layer 742, tungsten, titanium, etc. are mentioned as an example of the material which can extract oxygen from the semiconductor layer 742 to generate oxygen vacancies.

藉由在半導體層742中形成源極區域及汲極區域,可以降低電極724a及電極724b與半導體層742的接觸電阻。因此,可以使場效移動率及臨界電壓等電晶體的電特性良好。 By forming the source region and the drain region in the semiconductor layer 742, the contact resistance between the electrode 724a and the electrode 724b and the semiconductor layer 742 can be reduced. Therefore, the electrical characteristics of the transistor such as field mobility and threshold voltage can be improved.

當將矽等半導體用於半導體層742時,較佳為在半導體層742與電極724a之間及半導體層742與電極724b之間設置被用作n型半導體或p型半導體的層。用作n型半導體或p型半導體的層可以被用作電晶體的源極區域或汲極區域。 When a semiconductor such as silicon is used for the semiconductor layer 742, it is preferable to provide a layer serving as an n-type semiconductor or a p-type semiconductor between the semiconductor layer 742 and the electrode 724a and between the semiconductor layer 742 and the electrode 724b. Layers that function as n-type semiconductors or p-type semiconductors can be used as source regions or drain regions of transistors.

絕緣層729較佳為使用具有防止雜質從外部擴散到電晶體中或者 降低雜質的擴散的功能的材料形成。此外,根據需要也可以省略絕緣層729。 The insulating layer 729 is preferably formed using a material having a function of preventing impurities from diffusing into the transistor from the outside or reducing the diffusion of impurities. In addition, the insulating layer 729 may be omitted as necessary.

圖28A2所示的電晶體811與電晶體810不同之處在於:在絕緣層729上包括可用作背閘極電極的電極723。電極723可以使用與電極746同樣的材料及方法形成。 The transistor 811 shown in FIG. 28A2 differs from the transistor 810 in that an electrode 723 that can be used as a back gate electrode is included on the insulating layer 729 . The electrode 723 can be formed using the same material and method as the electrode 746 .

一般而言,背閘極電極使用導電層來形成,並以半導體層的通道形成區域被閘極電極與背閘極電極夾住的方式設置。因此,背閘極電極可以具有與閘極電極同樣的功能。背閘極電極的電位可以與閘極電極相等,也可以為接地電位(GND電位)或任意電位。另外,藉由不跟閘極電極聯動而獨立地改變背閘極電極的電位,可以改變電晶體的臨界電壓。 Generally, the back gate electrode is formed using a conductive layer, and is provided so that the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer is sandwiched between the gate electrode and the back gate electrode. Therefore, the back gate electrode can have the same function as the gate electrode. The potential of the back gate electrode may be equal to that of the gate electrode, or may be a ground potential (GND potential) or an arbitrary potential. In addition, by changing the potential of the back gate electrode independently of the gate electrode, the threshold voltage of the transistor can be changed.

圖29A1、圖29A2、圖29B1、圖29B2、圖29C1和圖29C2分別示出電晶體810的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、電晶體811的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、電晶體820的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、電晶體821的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、電晶體825的通道寬度方向的剖面圖以及電晶體826的通道寬度方向的剖面圖。 29A1 , 29A2 , 29B1 , 29B2 , 29C1 and 29C2 respectively show a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 810 , a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 811 , and a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 820 , respectively. A cross-sectional view, a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 821 , a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 825 , and a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 826 .

在圖29B2和圖29C2所示的結構中,閘極電極和背閘極電極彼此連接,由此閘極電極和背閘極電極的電位相同。 In the structures shown in FIGS. 29B2 and 29C2 , the gate electrode and the back gate electrode are connected to each other, whereby the potential of the gate electrode and the back gate electrode are the same.

另外,在圖29B2和圖29C2所示的結構中,半導體層742夾在閘極電極與背閘極電極之間。在通道寬度方向上,閘極電極和背閘極電極的長度比半導體層742大,並且半導體層742整體夾著絕緣層726、741、728、729被閘極電極或背閘極電極覆蓋。藉由採用該結構,可以利用閘極電極和背閘極電極的電場電圍繞電晶體所包括的半導體層742。 In addition, in the structures shown in FIGS. 29B2 and 29C2 , the semiconductor layer 742 is sandwiched between the gate electrode and the back gate electrode. In the channel width direction, the gate electrode and the back gate electrode are longer than the semiconductor layer 742, and the entire semiconductor layer 742 is covered by the gate electrode or the back gate electrode with the insulating layers 726, 741, 728, 729 interposed therebetween. By adopting this structure, the semiconductor layer 742 included in the transistor can be electrically surrounded by the electric field of the gate electrode and the back gate electrode.

可以將如電晶體821或電晶體826那樣的利用閘極電極及背閘極電極的電場電圍繞形成通道區域的半導體層742的電晶體的裝置結構稱為Surrounded channel(S-channel:圍繞通道)結構。 A device structure such as the transistor 821 or the transistor 826 in which the semiconductor layer 742 forming the channel region is electrically surrounded by the electric field of the gate electrode and the back gate electrode can be called a Surrounded channel (S-channel: Surrounded channel) structure.

藉由採用S-channel結構,可以利用閘極電極和背閘極電極中的一個或兩個對半導體層742有效地施加用來引起通道的電場。由此,電晶體的電流驅動能力得到提高,從而可以得到較高的通態電流特性。此外,由於可以增加通態電流,所以可以使電晶體微型化。此外,藉由採用S-channel結構,可以提高電晶體的機械強度。 By adopting the S-channel structure, an electric field for inducing a channel can be effectively applied to the semiconductor layer 742 using one or both of the gate electrode and the back gate electrode. As a result, the current driving capability of the transistor is improved, so that a higher on-state current characteristic can be obtained. Furthermore, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor can be miniaturized. In addition, by adopting the S-channel structure, the mechanical strength of the transistor can be improved.

另外,電極746及電極723都可以被用作閘極電極。因此,絕緣層726、絕緣層729、絕緣層728及絕緣層729都可以被用作閘極絕緣層。另外,也可以將電極723設置在絕緣層728與絕緣層729之間。 In addition, both the electrode 746 and the electrode 723 may be used as gate electrodes. Therefore, the insulating layer 726, the insulating layer 729, the insulating layer 728, and the insulating layer 729 may all be used as gate insulating layers. In addition, the electrode 723 may be provided between the insulating layer 728 and the insulating layer 729 .

注意,當將電極746和電極723中的一個稱為“閘極電極”時,將另一個稱為“背閘極電極”。例如,在電晶體811中,當將電極723稱為“閘極電極”時,將電極746稱為“背閘極電極”。另外,當將電極723用作“閘極電極”時,電晶體811是頂閘極型電晶體之一種。此外,有時將電極746和電極723中的一個稱為“第一閘極電極”,有時將另一個稱為“第二閘極電極”。 Note that when one of the electrode 746 and the electrode 723 is referred to as a "gate electrode", the other is referred to as a "back gate electrode". For example, in transistor 811, when electrode 723 is referred to as a "gate electrode", electrode 746 is referred to as a "back gate electrode". In addition, when the electrode 723 is used as a "gate electrode", the transistor 811 is one of the top gate type transistors. In addition, one of the electrode 746 and the electrode 723 is sometimes referred to as a "first gate electrode", and the other is sometimes referred to as a "second gate electrode".

藉由隔著半導體層742設置電極746及電極723並將電極746及電極723的電位設定為相同,半導體層742中的載子流過的區域在膜厚度方向上更加擴大,所以載子的移動量增加。其結果是,電晶體811的通態電流增大,並且場效移動率也增高。 By providing the electrode 746 and the electrode 723 with the semiconductor layer 742 interposed therebetween and setting the potentials of the electrode 746 and the electrode 723 to be the same, the region in which the carriers flow in the semiconductor layer 742 is further expanded in the film thickness direction, so that the movement of the carriers is prevented. volume increase. As a result, the on-state current of the transistor 811 increases, and the field-effect mobility also increases.

因此,電晶體811是相對於佔有面積具有較大的通態電流的電晶體。也就是說,可以相對於所要求的通態電流縮小電晶體811的佔有 面積。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以縮小電晶體的佔有面積。因此,根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現集成度高的半導體裝置。 Therefore, the transistor 811 is a transistor having a large on-state current with respect to the occupied area. That is, the occupied area of the transistor 811 can be reduced with respect to the required on-state current. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the occupied area of the transistor can be reduced. Therefore, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a highly integrated semiconductor device can be realized.

另外,由於閘極電極及背閘極電極使用導電層形成,因此具有防止在電晶體的外部產生的電場影響到形成通道的半導體層的功能(尤其是對靜電等的電場遮蔽功能)。另外,當將背閘極電極形成得比半導體層大以使用背閘極電極覆蓋半導體層時,能夠提高電場遮蔽功能。 In addition, since the gate electrode and the back gate electrode are formed using a conductive layer, they have a function of preventing an electric field generated outside the transistor from affecting the semiconductor layer forming the channel (especially, an electric field shielding function against static electricity and the like). In addition, when the back gate electrode is formed larger than the semiconductor layer to cover the semiconductor layer with the back gate electrode, the electric field shielding function can be improved.

另外,藉由使用具有遮光性的導電膜形成背閘極電極,能夠防止光從背閘極電極一側入射到半導體層。由此,能夠防止半導體層的光劣化,並防止電晶體的臨界電壓漂移等電特性劣化。 In addition, by forming the back gate electrode using a light-shielding conductive film, light can be prevented from entering the semiconductor layer from the back gate electrode side. As a result, it is possible to prevent optical degradation of the semiconductor layer and to prevent degradation of electrical characteristics such as threshold voltage shift of the transistor.

根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現可靠性良好的電晶體。另外,可以實現可靠性良好的半導體裝置。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transistor with good reliability can be realized. In addition, a semiconductor device with good reliability can be realized.

圖28B1示出作為底閘極型的電晶體之一的通道保護型電晶體820的剖面圖。電晶體820具有與電晶體810大致相同的結構,而不同之處在於:絕緣層741覆蓋半導體層742的端部。在選擇性地去除絕緣層729的重疊於半導體層742的部分而形成的開口部中,半導體層742與電極744a電連接。另外,在選擇性地去除絕緣層729的重疊於半導體層742的部分而形成的其他開口部中,半導體層742與電極744b電連接。絕緣層729的與通道形成區域重疊的區域可以被用作通道保護層。 FIG. 28B1 shows a cross-sectional view of a channel protection type transistor 820 which is one of the bottom gate type transistors. The transistor 820 has substantially the same structure as the transistor 810 , except that the insulating layer 741 covers the end of the semiconductor layer 742 . The semiconductor layer 742 is electrically connected to the electrode 744a in the opening formed by selectively removing the portion of the insulating layer 729 overlapping the semiconductor layer 742 . In addition, the semiconductor layer 742 is electrically connected to the electrode 744b in another opening formed by selectively removing the portion of the insulating layer 729 overlapping the semiconductor layer 742 . A region of the insulating layer 729 overlapping the channel formation region may be used as a channel protective layer.

圖28B2所示的電晶體821與電晶體820不同之處在於:在絕緣層729上包括可以被用作背閘極電極的電極723。 The transistor 821 shown in FIG. 28B2 differs from the transistor 820 in that an electrode 723 that can be used as a back gate electrode is included on the insulating layer 729 .

藉由設置絕緣層729,可以防止在形成電極744a及電極744b時產生的半導體層742的露出。因此,可以防止在形成電極744a及電極744b 時半導體層742被薄膜化。 By providing the insulating layer 729, the semiconductor layer 742 can be prevented from being exposed when the electrodes 744a and 744b are formed. Therefore, the semiconductor layer 742 can be prevented from being thinned when the electrodes 744a and 744b are formed.

另外,與電晶體810及電晶體811相比,電晶體820及電晶體821的電極744a與電極746之間的距離及電極744b與電極746之間的距離更長。因此,可以減少產生在電極744a與電極746之間的寄生電容。此外,可以減少產生在電極744b與電極746之間的寄生電容。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以提供一種電特性良好的電晶體。 In addition, the distance between the electrode 744a and the electrode 746 of the transistor 820 and the transistor 821 and the distance between the electrode 744b and the electrode 746 are longer than those of the transistor 810 and the transistor 811 . Therefore, the parasitic capacitance generated between the electrode 744a and the electrode 746 can be reduced. Furthermore, the parasitic capacitance generated between the electrode 744b and the electrode 746 can be reduced. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transistor having excellent electrical characteristics can be provided.

圖28C1所示的電晶體825是底閘極型電晶體之一的通道蝕刻型電晶體。在電晶體825中,不使用絕緣層729形成電極744a及電極744b。因此,在形成電極744a及電極744b時露出的半導體層742的一部分有時被蝕刻。另一方面,由於不設置絕緣層729,可以提高電晶體的生產率。 The transistor 825 shown in FIG. 28C1 is a channel etch type transistor which is one of the bottom gate type transistors. In the transistor 825, the electrode 744a and the electrode 744b are formed without using the insulating layer 729. Therefore, a part of the semiconductor layer 742 exposed when the electrodes 744a and 744b are formed may be etched. On the other hand, since the insulating layer 729 is not provided, the productivity of the transistor can be improved.

圖28C2所示的電晶體825與電晶體820的不同之處在於:在絕緣層729上具有可以用作背閘極電極的電極723。 The transistor 825 shown in FIG. 28C2 differs from the transistor 820 in that it has an electrode 723 on an insulating layer 729 that can be used as a back gate electrode.

〈5-2.頂閘極型電晶體〉 <5-2. Top-gate transistor>

圖30A1示出頂閘極型電晶體之一的電晶體830的通道長度方向的剖面圖。電晶體830在絕緣層772上具有半導體層742,在半導體層742及絕緣層772上具有與半導體層742的一部分接觸的電極744a以及與半導體層742的一部分接觸的電極744b,在半導體層742、電極744a及電極744b上具有絕緣層726,在絕緣層726上具有電極746。圖30A2、圖30A3、圖30B1和圖30B2是頂閘極型電晶體的通道長度方向的剖面圖。 FIG. 30A1 shows a cross-sectional view in the channel length direction of transistor 830, which is one of the top gate type transistors. The transistor 830 has a semiconductor layer 742 on the insulating layer 772, an electrode 744a in contact with a part of the semiconductor layer 742, and an electrode 744b in contact with a part of the semiconductor layer 742 on the semiconductor layer 742 and the insulating layer 772. The insulating layer 726 is provided on the electrode 744 a and the electrode 744 b , and the electrode 746 is provided on the insulating layer 726 . 30A2 , 30A3 , 30B1 and 30B2 are cross-sectional views in the channel length direction of the top gate type transistor.

因為在電晶體830中,電極746和電極744a以及電極746和電極744b不重疊,所以可以減小產生在電極746與電極744a之間的寄生電容以及產生在電極746與電極744b之間的寄生電容。另外,在形成電 極746之後,將電極746用作遮罩並將雜質755引入到半導體層742,由此可以在半導體層742中以自對準(Self-alignment)的方式形成雜質區域(參照圖30A3)。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現電特性良好的電晶體。 Since in the transistor 830, the electrode 746 and the electrode 744a and the electrode 746 and the electrode 744b do not overlap, the parasitic capacitance generated between the electrode 746 and the electrode 744a and the parasitic capacitance generated between the electrode 746 and the electrode 744b can be reduced . In addition, after the electrode 746 is formed, the electrode 746 is used as a mask and the impurity 755 is introduced into the semiconductor layer 742, whereby impurity regions can be formed in the semiconductor layer 742 in a self-aligned manner (refer to FIG. 30A3). According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transistor having good electrical characteristics can be realized.

另外,可以使用離子植入裝置、離子摻雜裝置或電漿處理裝置進行雜質755的引入。 In addition, the introduction of the impurity 755 may be performed using an ion implantation apparatus, an ion doping apparatus, or a plasma processing apparatus.

作為雜質755,例如可以使用第13族元素和第15族元素中的至少一種元素。另外,在作為半導體層742使用氧化物半導體的情況下,作為雜質755,也可以使用稀有氣體、氫和氮中的至少一種元素。 As the impurity 755, for example, at least one element selected from Group 13 elements and Group 15 elements can be used. In addition, in the case of using an oxide semiconductor as the semiconductor layer 742 , as the impurity 755 , at least one element selected from the group consisting of rare gas, hydrogen, and nitrogen may be used.

圖30A2所示的電晶體831與電晶體830不同之處在於:具有電極723及絕緣層727。電晶體831具有形成在絕緣層772上的電極723、形成在電極723上的絕緣層727。電極723可以被用作背閘極電極。因此,絕緣層727可以被用作閘極絕緣層。絕緣層727可以使用與絕緣層726同樣的材料及方法來形成。 The transistor 831 shown in FIG. 30A2 is different from the transistor 830 in that it has an electrode 723 and an insulating layer 727 . The transistor 831 has an electrode 723 formed on the insulating layer 772 and an insulating layer 727 formed on the electrode 723 . Electrode 723 may be used as a back gate electrode. Therefore, the insulating layer 727 can be used as a gate insulating layer. The insulating layer 727 can be formed using the same material and method as the insulating layer 726 .

與電晶體811同樣,電晶體831是相對於佔有面積具有較大的通態電流的電晶體。也就是說,可以相對於所要求的通態電流縮小電晶體831的佔有面積。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以縮小電晶體的佔有面積。因此,根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現集成度高的半導體裝置。 Like the transistor 811, the transistor 831 is a transistor having a large on-state current with respect to the occupied area. That is, the occupied area of the transistor 831 can be reduced with respect to the required on-state current. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the occupied area of the transistor can be reduced. Therefore, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a highly integrated semiconductor device can be realized.

圖30B1所示的電晶體840是頂閘極型電晶體之一。電晶體840與電晶體830不同之處在於:在形成電極744a及電極744b之後形成半導體層742。另外,圖30B2所示的電晶體841與電晶體840不同之處在於:具有電極723及絕緣層727。在電晶體840及電晶體841中,半導體層742的一部分形成在電極744a上,半導體層742的其他的一部 分形成在電極744b上。 The transistor 840 shown in FIG. 30B1 is one of the top gate type transistors. The transistor 840 is different from the transistor 830 in that the semiconductor layer 742 is formed after the electrode 744a and the electrode 744b are formed. In addition, the transistor 841 shown in FIG. 30B2 is different from the transistor 840 in that it has an electrode 723 and an insulating layer 727 . In the transistor 840 and the transistor 841, a part of the semiconductor layer 742 is formed on the electrode 744a, and the other part of the semiconductor layer 742 is formed on the electrode 744b.

與電晶體811同樣,電晶體841是相對於佔有面積具有較大的通態電流的電晶體。也就是說,可以相對於所要求的通態電流縮小電晶體841的佔有面積。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以縮小電晶體的佔有面積。因此,根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現集成度高的半導體裝置。 Like the transistor 811, the transistor 841 is a transistor having a large on-state current with respect to the occupied area. That is, the occupied area of the transistor 841 can be reduced with respect to the required on-state current. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the occupied area of the transistor can be reduced. Therefore, according to one embodiment of the present invention, a highly integrated semiconductor device can be realized.

另外,圖31A1、圖31A2、圖31B1和圖31B2分別示出圖30A1所示的電晶體830的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖30A2所示的電晶體831的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖30B1所示的電晶體840的通道寬度方向的剖面圖以及圖30B2所示的電晶體841的通道寬度方向的剖面圖。 31A1 , 31A2 , 31B1 , and 31B2 respectively show a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 830 shown in FIG. 30A1 , a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 831 shown in FIG. 30A2 , and FIG. 30B1 , respectively. A cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 840 shown and a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 841 shown in FIG. 30B2 .

電晶體831及電晶體841具有上述S-channel結構。但是,不侷限於此,電晶體831及電晶體841也可以不具有S-channel結構。 The transistor 831 and the transistor 841 have the above-mentioned S-channel structure. However, it is not limited to this, and the transistor 831 and the transistor 841 may not have the S-channel structure.

圖32A1至圖32C2以及圖33A1至圖33C2示出與圖30A1至圖30B2以及圖31A1至圖31B2所示的電晶體不同的方式的頂閘極型電晶體。 FIGS. 32A1 to 32C2 and FIGS. 33A1 to 33C2 illustrate top-gate transistors in different ways from the transistors shown in FIGS. 30A1 to 30B2 and 31A1 to 31B2 .

圖32A1、圖32A2、圖32B1、圖32B2、圖32C1和圖32C2分別是電晶體842的通道長度方向的剖面圖、電晶體843的通道長度方向的剖面圖、電晶體844的通道長度方向的剖面圖、電晶體845的通道長度方向的剖面圖、電晶體846的通道長度方向的剖面圖以及電晶體847的通道長度方向的剖面圖。 32A1 , 32A2 , 32B1 , 32B2 , 32C1 and 32C2 are a cross-sectional view of the transistor 842 along the channel length, a cross-sectional view of the transistor 843 along the channel length, and a cross-sectional view of the transistor 844 along the channel length, respectively. , a cross-sectional view along the channel length of the transistor 845 , a cross-sectional view along the channel length of the transistor 846 , and a cross-sectional view along the channel length of the transistor 847 .

圖32A3是說明電晶體842的通道長度方向的製程的剖面圖。 32A3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process in the channel length direction of the transistor 842. FIG.

圖32A1所示的電晶體842與電晶體830或電晶體840不同之處在於:在形成絕緣層729後形成電極744a及電極744b。電極744a及電 極744b在形成於絕緣層728及絕緣層729中的開口與半導體層742電連接。 The transistor 842 shown in FIG. 32A1 is different from the transistor 830 or the transistor 840 in that the electrode 744a and the electrode 744b are formed after the insulating layer 729 is formed. The electrodes 744a and 744b are electrically connected to the semiconductor layer 742 at openings formed in the insulating layer 728 and the insulating layer 729.

另外,去除不與電極746重疊的絕緣層726的一部分,以電極746及剩餘的絕緣層726為遮罩將雜質755引入到半導體層742,由此可以在半導體層742中以自對準(self-alignment)的方式形成雜質區域(參照圖32A3)。電晶體842包括絕緣層726超過電極746的端部延伸的區域。在對半導體層742引入雜質755時,半導體層742的藉由絕緣層726被引入雜質755的區域的雜質濃度低於不藉由絕緣層726被引入雜質755的區域。因此,在半導體層742的不與電極746重疊的區域中形成LDD(Lightly Doped Drain:輕摻雜汲極)區域。 In addition, a part of the insulating layer 726 that does not overlap with the electrode 746 is removed, and the electrode 746 and the remaining insulating layer 726 are used as masks to introduce the impurity 755 into the semiconductor layer 742, so that the semiconductor layer 742 can be self-aligned (self-aligned). -alignment) to form impurity regions (see FIG. 32A3 ). Transistor 842 includes regions where insulating layer 726 extends beyond the ends of electrodes 746 . When the impurity 755 is introduced into the semiconductor layer 742 , the impurity concentration of the region of the semiconductor layer 742 into which the impurity 755 is introduced through the insulating layer 726 is lower than that of the region where the impurity 755 is not introduced through the insulating layer 726 . Therefore, an LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region is formed in a region of the semiconductor layer 742 that does not overlap with the electrode 746 .

圖32A2所示的電晶體843與電晶體842不同之處在於:包括電極723。電晶體843包括形成在基板771上且隔著絕緣層772與半導體層742重疊的電極723。電極723可以被用作背閘極電極。 The transistor 843 shown in FIG. 32A2 is different from the transistor 842 in that the electrode 723 is included. The transistor 843 includes the electrode 723 formed on the substrate 771 and overlapping the semiconductor layer 742 with the insulating layer 772 interposed therebetween. Electrode 723 may be used as a back gate electrode.

另外,如圖32B1所示的電晶體844及圖32B2所示的電晶體845那樣,也可以去除不與電極746重疊的區域的絕緣層726。另外,如圖32C1所示的電晶體846及圖32C2所示的電晶體847那樣,也可以留下絕緣層726。 In addition, like the transistor 844 shown in FIG. 32B1 and the transistor 845 shown in FIG. 32B2 , the insulating layer 726 in the region not overlapping the electrode 746 may be removed. In addition, like the transistor 846 shown in FIG. 32C1 and the transistor 847 shown in FIG. 32C2 , the insulating layer 726 may be left.

在電晶體842至電晶體847中,也可以在形成電極746之後以電極746為遮罩而將雜質755引入到半導體層742,由此在半導體層742中自對準地形成雜質區域。根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現電特性良好的電晶體。另外,根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以實現集成度高的半導體裝置。 In the transistors 842 to 847 , impurities 755 may be introduced into the semiconductor layer 742 using the electrode 746 as a mask after the electrode 746 is formed, thereby forming an impurity region in the semiconductor layer 742 in a self-aligned manner. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a transistor having good electrical characteristics can be realized. In addition, according to an embodiment of the present invention, a semiconductor device with a high degree of integration can be realized.

另外,圖33A1、圖33A2、圖33B1、圖33B2、圖33C1和圖33C2分別示出圖32A1所示的電晶體842的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖32A2 所示的電晶體843的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖32B1所示的電晶體844的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖32B2所示的電晶體845的通道寬度方向的剖面圖、圖32C1所示的電晶體846的通道寬度方向的剖面圖以及圖32C2所示的電晶體847的通道寬度方向的剖面圖。 33A1 , 33A2 , 33B1 , 33B2 , 33C1 and 33C2 respectively show a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 842 shown in FIG. 32A1 and a channel width direction of the transistor 843 shown in FIG. 32A2 , respectively. 32B1, a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 844 shown in FIG. 32B1, a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 845 shown in FIG. 32B2, and a cross section in the channel width direction of the transistor 846 shown in FIG. 32C1. FIG. 32C2 is a cross-sectional view of the transistor 847 in the channel width direction.

電晶體843、電晶體845及電晶體847具有上述S-channel結構。但是,不侷限於此,電晶體843、電晶體845及電晶體847也可以不具有S-channel結構。 The transistor 843, the transistor 845, and the transistor 847 have the above-mentioned S-channel structure. However, it is not limited to this, and the transistor 843, the transistor 845, and the transistor 847 may not have the S-channel structure.

另外,圖34A1和圖34A2示出圖32B2和圖33B2所示的電晶體845的變形例子。圖34A1是電晶體845A的通道長度方向的剖面圖,圖34A2是電晶體845A的通道寬度方向的剖面圖。 In addition, FIGS. 34A1 and 34A2 show modified examples of the transistor 845 shown in FIGS. 32B2 and 33B2 . 34A1 is a cross-sectional view in the channel length direction of the transistor 845A, and FIG. 34A2 is a cross-sectional view in the channel width direction of the transistor 845A.

圖34A1和圖34A2所示的電晶體845A與電晶體845不同之處是絕緣層729及絕緣層728的位置。除此之外,電晶體845A具有與電晶體845相同的結構。 The transistor 845A shown in FIGS. 34A1 and 34A2 differs from the transistor 845 in the positions of the insulating layer 729 and the insulating layer 728 . Other than that, the transistor 845A has the same structure as the transistor 845 .

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式6 Embodiment 6

在本實施方式中,說明能夠使用本發明的一個實施方式製造的顯示模組。 In this embodiment, a display module that can be manufactured using an embodiment of the present invention will be described.

〈6.顯示模組〉 <6. Display module>

圖35A所示的顯示模組6000在上蓋6001與下蓋6002之間包括連接於FPC6005的顯示面板6006、框架6009、印刷電路板6010及電池6011。 The display module 6000 shown in FIG. 35A includes a display panel 6006 connected to the FPC 6005 , a frame 6009 , a printed circuit board 6010 and a battery 6011 between the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 .

例如,可以將使用本發明的一個實施方式製造的顯示裝置用於顯示面板6006。由此,可以以高良率製造顯示模組。 For example, a display device manufactured using an embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 6006 . Thereby, the display module can be manufactured with high yield.

上蓋6001及下蓋6002可以根據顯示面板6006的尺寸適當地改變其形狀或尺寸。 The upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be appropriately changed in shape or size according to the size of the display panel 6006 .

框架6009除了具有保護顯示面板6006的功能以外還具有用來遮斷因印刷電路板6010的工作而產生的電磁波的電磁屏蔽的功能。此外,框架6009也可以具有散熱板的功能。 The frame 6009 has, in addition to the function of protecting the display panel 6006 , the function of an electromagnetic shield for shielding electromagnetic waves generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 6010 . In addition, the frame 6009 may also function as a heat dissipation plate.

印刷電路板6010包括電源電路以及用來輸出視訊信號及時脈信號的信號處理電路。作為對電源電路供應電力的電源,既可以使用外部的商業電源,又可以使用另行設置的電池6011的電源。當使用商業電源時,可以省略電池6011。 The printed circuit board 6010 includes a power supply circuit and a signal processing circuit for outputting video signals and clock signals. As a power supply for supplying power to the power supply circuit, an external commercial power supply or a power supply of a separately provided battery 6011 may be used. When a commercial power source is used, the battery 6011 can be omitted.

另外,在顯示模組6000中還可以設置偏光板、相位差板、稜鏡片等構件。 In addition, the display module 6000 may also be provided with components such as a polarizing plate, a retardation plate, and a mirror film.

顯示面板6006如實施方式1所示作為輸入裝置包括觸控感測器。作為該觸控感測器的方式,採用電阻膜式或靜電電容式即可。 As shown in Embodiment 1, the display panel 6006 includes a touch sensor as an input device. As the method of the touch sensor, a resistive film type or an electrostatic capacitance type may be used.

此外,也可以採用圖35B所示的結構而在顯示面板6006中不設置觸控感測器。圖35B是包括光學觸控感測器的顯示模組6000的剖面示意圖。此外,雖然未圖示,但是也可以組合靜電電容式觸控感測器及光學式觸控感測器而使用。 In addition, the structure shown in FIG. 35B can also be adopted without disposing the touch sensor in the display panel 6006 . 35B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display module 6000 including an optical touch sensor. In addition, although not shown, it is also possible to use a combination of an electrostatic capacitive touch sensor and an optical touch sensor.

圖35B所示的顯示模組6000包括設置在印刷電路板6010上的發光部6015及受光部6016。此外,在由上蓋6001及下蓋6002圍繞的區 域中包括一對導光部(導光部6017a、導光部6017b)。 The display module 6000 shown in FIG. 35B includes a light-emitting portion 6015 and a light-receiving portion 6016 disposed on the printed circuit board 6010 . In addition, a pair of light guide portions (light guide portion 6017a, light guide portion 6017b) are included in an area surrounded by the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002.

上蓋6001及下蓋6002例如可以使用塑膠等。此外,上蓋6001及下蓋6002分別可以減薄其厚度(例如0.5mm以上且5mm以下)。由此,可以使顯示模組6000的重量極輕。此外,由於可以使用較少的材料形成上蓋6001及下蓋6002,所以可以降低製造成本。 The upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be made of plastic, for example. In addition, the thickness of the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be reduced (eg, 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less), respectively. Therefore, the weight of the display module 6000 can be extremely light. In addition, since the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be formed using less material, the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

顯示面板6006隔著框架6009以與印刷電路板6010及電池6011重疊的方式設置。顯示面板6006及框架6009固定於導光部6017a、導光部6017b。 The display panel 6006 is provided so as to overlap with the printed circuit board 6010 and the battery 6011 via the frame 6009 . The display panel 6006 and the frame 6009 are fixed to the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b.

從發光部6015發射的光6018藉由導光部6017a經過顯示面板6006的上部,且藉由導光部6017b到達受光部6016。例如,當光6018被手指或觸控筆等檢測物件遮蔽時,可以檢測出觸摸操作。 The light 6018 emitted from the light emitting portion 6015 passes through the upper portion of the display panel 6006 through the light guide portion 6017a, and reaches the light receiving portion 6016 through the light guide portion 6017b. For example, a touch operation can be detected when the light 6018 is blocked by a detection object such as a finger or a stylus.

多個發光部6015例如沿著顯示面板6006的相鄰的兩個邊設置。多個受光部6016配置在隔著顯示面板6006與發光部6015對置的位置。由此,可以取得觸摸操作的位置的資訊。 The plurality of light emitting parts 6015 are provided along, for example, two adjacent sides of the display panel 6006 . The plurality of light receiving units 6016 are arranged at positions facing the light emitting unit 6015 with the display panel 6006 interposed therebetween. Thereby, information on the position of the touch operation can be acquired.

作為發光部6015例如可以使用LED元件等光源。尤其是,作為發光部6015,較佳為使用發射不被使用者看到且對使用者無害的紅外線的光源。 As the light-emitting portion 6015, a light source such as an LED element can be used, for example. In particular, as the light-emitting portion 6015, it is preferable to use a light source that emits infrared rays which are not visible to the user and are harmless to the user.

作為受光部6016可以使用接收發光部6015所發射的光且將其轉換為電信號的光電元件。較佳為使用能夠接收紅外線的光電二極體。 As the light-receiving portion 6016, a photoelectric element that receives the light emitted by the light-emitting portion 6015 and converts it into an electrical signal can be used. Preferably, a photodiode capable of receiving infrared rays is used.

作為導光部6017a、導光部6017b可以使用至少透射光6018的構件。藉由使用導光部6017a及導光部6017b,可以將發光部6015及受光部6016配置在顯示面板6006的下側,可以抑制外光到達受光部6016 而導致觸控感測器的錯誤工作。尤其較佳為使用吸收可見光且透射紅外線的樹脂。由此,更有效地抑制觸控感測器的錯誤工作。 As the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, a member that transmits at least the light 6018 can be used. By using the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, the light-emitting portion 6015 and the light-receiving portion 6016 can be arranged on the lower side of the display panel 6006, thereby preventing external light from reaching the light-receiving portion 6016 and causing malfunction of the touch sensor. In particular, it is preferable to use a resin that absorbs visible light and transmits infrared rays. Thereby, the erroneous operation of the touch sensor is more effectively suppressed.

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

實施方式7 Embodiment 7

在本實施方式中,參照圖36A至圖40B說明能夠適用本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的電子裝置。 In this embodiment mode, an electronic device to which the display device according to an embodiment of the present invention can be applied will be described with reference to FIGS. 36A to 40B .

〈7-1.電子裝置1〉 <7-1. Electronic device 1>

首先,參照圖36A至圖37C說明電子裝置的一個例子。本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置不管外光的強度如何都可以實現高可見度。由此,可以適當地應用於可攜式電子裝置、穿戴式電子裝置、電子書閱讀器、電視機、數位看板等。 First, an example of an electronic device will be described with reference to FIGS. 36A to 37C . The display device of one embodiment of the present invention can achieve high visibility regardless of the intensity of external light. Thereby, it can be suitably applied to portable electronic devices, wearable electronic devices, e-book readers, televisions, digital signboards, and the like.

圖36A和圖36B示出可攜式資訊終端1800的一個例子。可攜式資訊終端1800包括外殼1801、外殼1802、顯示部1803、顯示部1804及鉸鏈部1805等。 An example of the portable information terminal 1800 is shown in FIGS. 36A and 36B. The portable information terminal 1800 includes a casing 1801, a casing 1802, a display part 1803, a display part 1804, a hinge part 1805, and the like.

外殼1801與外殼1802藉由鉸鏈部1805連接在一起。可攜式資訊終端1800可以從圖36A所示的折疊狀態轉換成圖36B所示的外殼1801和外殼1802展開的狀態。 The housing 1801 and the housing 1802 are connected together by a hinge portion 1805 . The portable information terminal 1800 can be converted from the folded state shown in FIG. 36A to the unfolded state of the case 1801 and the case 1802 shown in FIG. 36B .

例如,可以在顯示部1803及顯示部1804上顯示文件資訊,由此可以將可攜式資訊終端用作電子書閱讀器。另外,也可以在顯示部1803及顯示部1804上顯示靜態影像或動態影像。 For example, document information can be displayed on the display unit 1803 and the display unit 1804, whereby the portable information terminal can be used as an e-book reader. In addition, still images or moving images may be displayed on the display unit 1803 and the display unit 1804 .

如此,當攜帶時可以使可攜式資訊終端1800為折疊狀態,因此通用性優越。 In this way, the portable information terminal 1800 can be in a folded state when being carried, so the versatility is excellent.

另外,在外殼1801和外殼1802中,也可以包括電源按鈕、操作按鈕、外部連接埠、揚聲器、麥克風等。 In addition, the housing 1801 and the housing 1802 may also include a power button, an operation button, an external connection port, a speaker, a microphone, and the like.

圖36C示出可攜式資訊終端的一個例子。圖36C所示的可攜式資訊終端1810包括外殼1811、顯示部1812、操作按鈕1813、外部連接埠1814、揚聲器1815、麥克風1816、照相機1817等。 FIG. 36C shows an example of a portable information terminal. The portable information terminal 1810 shown in FIG. 36C includes a casing 1811, a display portion 1812, operation buttons 1813, an external connection port 1814, a speaker 1815, a microphone 1816, a camera 1817, and the like.

在顯示部1812中具有本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置。 The display unit 1812 includes a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

在可攜式資訊終端1810中,在顯示部1812中具有觸控感測器。藉由用手指或觸控筆等觸摸顯示部1812可以進行打電話或輸入文字等各種操作。 In the portable information terminal 1810, the display unit 1812 has a touch sensor. By touching the display unit 1812 with a finger, a stylus, or the like, various operations such as making a call or inputting characters can be performed.

另外,藉由操作按鈕1813的操作,可以進行電源的ON、OFF工作或切換顯示在顯示部1812上的影像的種類。例如,可以將電子郵件的編寫螢幕切換為主功能表螢幕。 In addition, by operating the operation button 1813 , the power supply can be turned on or off, or the type of video displayed on the display unit 1812 can be switched. For example, you can switch the compose screen of an email to the main menu screen.

另外,藉由在可攜式資訊終端1810內部設置陀螺儀感測器或加速度感測器等檢測裝置,可以判斷可攜式資訊終端1810的方向(縱向或橫向),而對顯示部1812的螢幕顯示方向進行自動切換。另外,螢幕顯示的切換也可以藉由觸摸顯示部1812、操作操作按鈕1813或者使用麥克風1816輸入聲音來進行。 In addition, by arranging detection devices such as a gyro sensor or an acceleration sensor in the portable information terminal 1810, the orientation (portrait or landscape) of the portable information terminal 1810 can be determined, and the screen of the display unit 1812 can be detected. The display orientation is automatically switched. In addition, switching of the screen display may be performed by touching the display unit 1812 , operating the operation buttons 1813 , or inputting a sound using the microphone 1816 .

可攜式資訊終端1810例如具有選自電話機、筆記本和資訊閱讀裝置等中的一種或多種功能。明確地說,可攜式資訊終端1810可以被用作智慧手機。可攜式資訊終端1810例如可以執行行動電話、電子郵件、 文章的閱讀及編輯、音樂播放、動畫播放、網路通訊、電腦遊戲等各種應用程式。 The portable information terminal 1810 has, for example, one or more functions selected from a telephone, a notebook, and an information reading device. Specifically, the portable information terminal 1810 can be used as a smart phone. The portable information terminal 1810 can execute various application programs such as mobile phone, e-mail, reading and editing of articles, music playback, animation playback, network communication, and computer games.

圖36D示出照相機的一個例子。照相機1820包括外殼1821、顯示部1822、操作按鈕1823、快門按鈕1824等。另外,照相機1820安裝有可裝卸的鏡頭1826。 FIG. 36D shows an example of a camera. The camera 1820 includes a housing 1821, a display portion 1822, operation buttons 1823, a shutter button 1824, and the like. In addition, a detachable lens 1826 is attached to the camera 1820 .

在顯示部1822中具有本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置。 The display unit 1822 includes a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

在此,雖然照相機1820具有能夠從外殼1821拆卸下鏡頭1826而交換的結構,但是鏡頭1826和外殼也可以被形成為一體。 Here, although the camera 1820 has a structure in which the lens 1826 can be detached from the housing 1821 and exchanged, the lens 1826 and the housing may be integrally formed.

藉由按下快門按鈕1824,照相機1820可以拍攝靜態影像或動態影像。另外,也可以使顯示部1822具有觸控面板的功能,藉由觸摸顯示部1822進行攝像。 By pressing the shutter button 1824, the camera 1820 can capture still images or moving images. Alternatively, the display unit 1822 may function as a touch panel, and an image may be captured by touching the display unit 1822 .

另外,照相機1820還可以具備另外安裝的閃光燈裝置及取景器等。另外,這些構件也可以組裝在外殼1821中。 In addition, the camera 1820 may further include a flash device, a viewfinder, and the like that are separately attached. In addition, these components may also be assembled in the housing 1821.

圖37A示出電視機1830。電視機1830包括顯示部1831、外殼1832、揚聲器1833等。另外,還可以包括LED燈、操作鍵(包括電源開關或操作開關)、連接端子、各種感測器以及麥克風等。 FIG. 37A shows a television 1830. FIG. The television 1830 includes a display portion 1831, a casing 1832, a speaker 1833, and the like. In addition, LED lights, operation keys (including power switches or operation switches), connection terminals, various sensors, and microphones may also be included.

可以利用遙控器1834對電視機1830進行操作。 The television 1830 can be operated using the remote control 1834 .

作為電視機1830能夠接收的廣播電波,可以舉出地上波或從衛星發送的電波等。此外,作為廣播電波,有類比廣播、數位廣播等,還有影像及聲音的廣播或只有聲音的廣播等。例如,可以接收以UHF頻帶(大約300MHz至3GHz)或VHF頻帶(30MHz至300MHz)中的指定的 頻帶發送的廣播電波。例如,藉由使用在多個頻帶中接收的多個資料,可以提高傳輸率,從而可以獲得更多的資訊。由此,可以將具有超過全高清的解析度的影像顯示在顯示部1831上。例如,可以顯示具有4K、8K、16K或更高的解析度的影像。 The broadcast radio waves that can be received by the television set 1830 include terrestrial waves, radio waves transmitted from satellites, and the like. In addition, as broadcast waves, there are analog broadcasts, digital broadcasts, and the like, as well as video and audio broadcasts, audio-only broadcasts, and the like. For example, broadcast waves transmitted in designated frequency bands in the UHF band (about 300MHz to 3GHz) or the VHF band (30MHz to 300MHz) can be received. For example, by using multiple data received in multiple frequency bands, the transmission rate can be increased so that more information can be obtained. This makes it possible to display on the display unit 1831 a video with a resolution exceeding full high definition. For example, images with 4K, 8K, 16K or higher resolution can be displayed.

另外,也可以採用如下結構:使用廣播資料來生成顯示在顯示部1831上的影像,該廣播資料是利用藉由網際網路、LAN(Local Area Network:局域網)、Wi-Fi(註冊商標。Wireless Fidelity)等電腦網路的資料傳輸技術而傳輸的。此時,電視機1830也可以不包括調諧器。 In addition, a configuration may be adopted in which the video displayed on the display unit 1831 is generated using broadcast data using the Internet, LAN (Local Area Network), Wi-Fi (registered trademark. Wireless Fidelity) and other computer network data transmission technology. At this time, the television 1830 may not include a tuner.

圖37B示出設置在圓柱狀的柱子1842的數位看板1840。數位看板1840包括顯示部1841。 FIG. 37B shows a digital signboard 1840 provided on a column 1842 in a cylindrical shape. The digital signboard 1840 includes a display portion 1841 .

顯示部1841越大,顯示裝置一次能夠提供的資訊量越多。顯示部1841越大,容易吸引人的注意,例如可以提高廣告宣傳效果。 The larger the display portion 1841 is, the larger the amount of information that the display device can provide at one time. The larger the display portion 1841 is, the easier it is to attract attention, for example, the effect of advertising can be improved.

藉由將觸控面板用於顯示部1841,不僅可以在顯示部1841上顯示靜態影像或動態影像,使用者還能夠直覺性地進行操作,所以是較佳的。另外,在用於提供路線資訊或交通資訊等資訊的用途時,可以藉由直覺性的操作提高易用性。 By using the touch panel for the display unit 1841, not only a still image or a moving image can be displayed on the display unit 1841, but also the user can operate intuitively, which is preferable. In addition, when it is used for providing information such as route information and traffic information, the usability can be improved by intuitive operation.

圖37C示出膝上型個人電腦1850。個人電腦1850包括顯示部1851、外殼1852、觸控板1853以及連接埠1854等。 FIG. 37C shows a laptop personal computer 1850. The personal computer 1850 includes a display unit 1851, a casing 1852, a touch panel 1853, a connection port 1854, and the like.

觸控板1853被用作指向裝置或數位板等的輸入單元,可以利用手指或觸控筆等進行操作。 The touchpad 1853 is used as an input unit of a pointing device or a tablet, and can be operated with a finger, a stylus, or the like.

觸控板1853組裝有顯示元件。如圖37C所示,藉由在觸控板1853 的表面上顯示輸入鍵1855,可以將觸控板1853用作鍵盤。此時,為了在觸摸輸入鍵1855時利用振動再現觸覺,也可以在觸控板1853中組裝有振動模組。 The touch panel 1853 is assembled with display elements. As shown in FIG. 37C , the touchpad 1853 can be used as a keyboard by displaying the input keys 1855 on the surface of the touchpad 1853 . At this time, in order to reproduce the tactile sensation by vibration when the input key 1855 is touched, a vibration module may be incorporated in the touch panel 1853 .

〈7-2.電子裝置2〉 <7-2. Electronic device 2>

接著,參照圖38、圖39A及圖39B說明電子裝置的一個例子。圖38示出能夠折疊的電子裝置。 Next, an example of an electronic device will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 , 39A, and 39B. Figure 38 shows a foldable electronic device.

圖38所示的電子裝置920跨著由鉸鏈923彼此連接的外殼921a和外殼921b設置有撓性顯示部922。 The electronic device 920 shown in FIG. 38 is provided with a flexible display portion 922 across a housing 921 a and a housing 921 b connected to each other by a hinge 923 .

在圖38C中,當外殼921a和外殼921b展開時,顯示部922被保持為大幅度彎曲的狀態。例如,可以以曲率半徑為1mm以上且50mm以下,較佳為5mm以上且30mm以下的狀態保持顯示部922。顯示部922的一部分跨著外殼921a和外殼921b連續地配置有像素,從而能夠進行曲面顯示。 In FIG. 38C, when the case 921a and the case 921b are unfolded, the display portion 922 is kept in a state of being largely bent. For example, the display portion 922 may be held in a state where the radius of curvature is 1 mm or more and 50 mm or less, preferably 5 mm or more and 30 mm or less. A part of the display unit 922 has pixels continuously arranged across the casing 921a and the casing 921b, and can display on a curved surface.

為了避免在外殼921a和外殼921b打開時這些外殼所造成的角度超過預定角度,鉸鏈923較佳為具有鎖定機構。例如,鎖定角度(達到該角度時不再繼續打開)較佳為90°以上且小於180°,典型的是,可以為90°、120°、135°或160°、175°等。由此,可以提高方便性、安全性和可靠性。 In order to avoid the angle created by the housings 921a and 921b when the housings are opened exceeding a predetermined angle, the hinge 923 preferably has a locking mechanism. For example, the locking angle (no further opening when the angle is reached) is preferably more than 90° and less than 180°, and typically, it can be 90°, 120°, 135° or 160°, 175°, etc. Thereby, convenience, safety, and reliability can be improved.

因為鉸鏈923具有上述鎖定機構,所以可以防止顯示部922被施加過分的壓力而顯示部922被破損。因此,可以實現可靠性高的電子裝置。 Since the hinge 923 has the above-described locking mechanism, it is possible to prevent the display portion 922 from being damaged due to excessive pressure being applied to the display portion 922 . Therefore, an electronic device with high reliability can be realized.

圖39A及圖39B示出用作可攜式遊戲機或平板資訊終端的電子裝置950。此外,為了提高可攜性,電子裝置950能夠對折,圖39A是對 折狀態的透視圖,圖39B是電子裝置950展開的角度為160°至175°左右的狀態的透視圖。 39A and 39B illustrate an electronic device 950 used as a portable game machine or a tablet information terminal. In addition, in order to improve portability, the electronic device 950 can be folded in half, FIG. 39A is a perspective view of the folded state, and FIG. 39B is a perspective view of the state where the electronic device 950 is unfolded at an angle of about 160° to 175°.

電子裝置950包括外殼952a、外殼952b、顯示部954、鉸鏈部953等。此外,電子裝置950所包括的顯示部954的顯示區域的形狀不是矩形,而是只有鉸鏈部953所在的區域的顯示區域變小的形狀。 The electronic device 950 includes a housing 952a, a housing 952b, a display portion 954, a hinge portion 953, and the like. In addition, the shape of the display area of the display unit 954 included in the electronic device 950 is not a rectangle, but a shape where only the display area of the area where the hinge unit 953 is located is reduced.

顯示部954的表面具有凸部。此外,在顯示部954中,與外殼952a及外殼952b重疊的區域具有平面,與鉸鏈部953重疊的區域具有曲面。 The surface of the display portion 954 has convex portions. In addition, in the display part 954, the area|region which overlaps with the casing 952a and the casing 952b has a flat surface, and the area|region overlapping with the hinge part 953 has a curved surface.

圖40A示出與圖39B不同的方式的電子裝置950的透視圖。此外,圖40B是圖40A所示的電子裝置950的側面圖。 Figure 40A shows a perspective view of electronic device 950 in a different manner than Figure 39B. In addition, FIG. 40B is a side view of the electronic device 950 shown in FIG. 40A .

圖40A是在圖39B所示的電子裝置950所包括的顯示部954的表面設置有凸部的結構的透視圖。 40A is a perspective view of a structure in which a convex portion is provided on a surface of a display portion 954 included in the electronic device 950 shown in FIG. 39B .

如圖40A所示,顯示部954包括多個凸部954a。注意,在圖40A中示出配置多個凸部954a的結構,但是不侷限於此,也可以設置一個凸部954a。 As shown in FIG. 40A , the display portion 954 includes a plurality of convex portions 954a. Note that although FIG. 40A shows a configuration in which a plurality of convex portions 954a are arranged, the present invention is not limited to this, and one convex portion 954a may be provided.

凸部954a具有使操作者感知操作位置的功能。例如,由於顯示部954包括觸控感測器,所以藉由操作顯示部954,可以對電子裝置950進行輸入等操作。但是,當不設置凸部954a時,若不能看到顯示部954,則會產生操作者不能感知操作位置的問題。另一方面,藉由設置凸部954a,即使不能看到顯示部954,也只要觸摸設置在顯示部954上的凸部954a就可以感知操作位置,由此可以簡單地進行輸入等操作。 The convex portion 954a has a function of allowing the operator to perceive the operation position. For example, since the display unit 954 includes a touch sensor, by operating the display unit 954 , operations such as input can be performed on the electronic device 950 . However, when the convex portion 954a is not provided, if the display portion 954 cannot be seen, there is a problem that the operator cannot perceive the operation position. On the other hand, by providing the convex portion 954a, even if the display portion 954 cannot be seen, the operation position can be sensed simply by touching the convex portion 954a provided on the display portion 954, and operations such as input can be performed easily.

換言之,圖40A所示的電子裝置950包括顯示部954及設置在顯 示部954上的凸部954a,藉由觸摸凸部954a,能夠對顯示部954進行輸入。 In other words, the electronic device 950 shown in FIG. 40A includes a display portion 954 and a convex portion 954a provided on the display portion 954, and an input to the display portion 954 can be performed by touching the convex portion 954a.

此外,藉由設置凸部954a,不需要設置用於遊戲等的物理按鈕,所以可以減去用於物理按鈕的各種材料,所以是較佳的。 Further, by providing the convex portion 954a, it is not necessary to provide physical buttons for games or the like, so that various materials for the physical buttons can be reduced, which is preferable.

凸部954a例如較佳為兼做圖2A至圖2F所示的防反射層的抗閃光圖案13c。例如,藉由將抗閃光圖案13c形成為1μm以上且100μm以下的粒徑,在凸部954a的區域中使多個抗閃光圖案13c密集,可以形成凸部954a。注意,凸部954a的結構不侷限於此,使用丙烯酸樹脂、聚醯亞胺等樹脂材料形成結構體,在顯示部954上形成使用者能夠感知的尺寸的凸部954a。此外,當不使抗閃光圖案13c密集也可以形成凸部954a時,也可以採用一個抗閃光圖案13c。此時,可以在顯示部954上設置使用者能夠感知的二氧化矽粒子等。 The convex portion 954a is preferably, for example, the anti-glare pattern 13c that also serves as the anti-reflection layer shown in FIGS. 2A to 2F . For example, the convex portion 954a can be formed by forming the anti-glare pattern 13c to have a particle size of 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, and concentrating a plurality of the anti-glare patterns 13c in the region of the convex portion 954a. Note that the structure of the convex portion 954a is not limited to this, and a structure is formed using a resin material such as acrylic resin or polyimide, and the convex portion 954a having a size that can be perceived by the user is formed on the display portion 954 . Further, when the protrusions 954a can be formed without making the anti-glare patterns 13c dense, one anti-glare pattern 13c may also be used. In this case, silica particles or the like that can be perceived by the user may be provided on the display portion 954 .

如圖40B所示,顯示部954具有凸部954a及曲面。圖40B是電子裝置950的側面圖,使以虛線圍繞的區域961及以虛線圍繞的區域962放大而示出。 As shown in FIG. 40B , the display portion 954 has a convex portion 954a and a curved surface. FIG. 40B is a side view of the electronic device 950 , in which a region 961 surrounded by dashed lines and a region 962 surrounded by dashed lines are enlarged and shown.

區域961是使凸部954a放大的側面圖,區域962是鉸鏈部953附近的顯示部954的放大圖。 A region 961 is an enlarged side view of the convex portion 954 a , and a region 962 is an enlarged view of the display portion 954 in the vicinity of the hinge portion 953 .

如區域961所示,凸部954a在從外殼952b突出時操作性提高,所以是較佳的。此外,如區域962所示,顯示部954較佳為在鉸鏈部953附近具有曲面。藉由顯示部954具有曲面,可以一覽性地看到與外殼952a重疊的區域的顯示部954及與外殼952b重疊的區域的顯示部954。此外,藉由顯示部954具有曲面,可以提高顯示部954的可靠性而不使顯示部954彎折破裂。 As shown in the area 961, the convex portion 954a is preferable because the operability is improved when the convex portion 954a protrudes from the housing 952b. In addition, as shown in the area 962 , the display portion 954 preferably has a curved surface near the hinge portion 953 . Since the display part 954 has a curved surface, the display part 954 of the area|region overlapping with the casing 952a and the display part 954 of the area|region overlapping with the casing 952b can be seen at a glance. In addition, since the display portion 954 has a curved surface, the reliability of the display portion 954 can be improved without causing the display portion 954 to be bent and broken.

外殼952a、外殼952b及鉸鏈部953較佳為具有能夠容納顯示部954的曲面部分的結構。換言之,外殼952a、外殼952b及鉸鏈部953包括容納顯示部954的區域。 The casing 952a, the casing 952b, and the hinge portion 953 preferably have a structure capable of accommodating the curved surface portion of the display portion 954. In other words, the housing 952 a , the housing 952 b , and the hinge portion 953 include a region for accommodating the display portion 954 .

本實施方式的至少一部分可以與本說明書所記載的其他實施方式適當地組合而實施。 At least a part of this embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments described in this specification as appropriate.

11‧‧‧基板 11‧‧‧Substrate

12‧‧‧基板 12‧‧‧Substrate

13‧‧‧防反射層 13‧‧‧Anti-reflection layer

20‧‧‧層 Floor 20‧‧‧

21‧‧‧元件層 21‧‧‧Component layer

21a‧‧‧FET層 21a‧‧‧FET layer

21b‧‧‧LC層 21b‧‧‧LC layer

21b_LC‧‧‧LC層 21b_LC‧‧‧LC layer

21c‧‧‧OLED層 21c‧‧‧OLED layer

22‧‧‧元件層 22‧‧‧Component layer

25‧‧‧輸入裝置 25‧‧‧Input device

26‧‧‧黏合層 26‧‧‧Adhesive layer

30‧‧‧驅動電路 30‧‧‧Drive circuit

32‧‧‧FPC 32‧‧‧FPC

Claims (8)

一種顯示裝置,包括:第一基板;第二基板;第一顯示元件;第二顯示元件;以及輸入裝置,其中,該第一基板包括該第一顯示元件的一部分及該第二顯示元件,該第二基板包括該輸入裝置,該第一顯示元件及該第二顯示元件設置在該第一基板的第一面與該第二基板的第一面之間,該第一顯示元件具有反射可見光的功能,該第二顯示元件具有發射可見光的功能,並且,在與該第二基板的該第一面對置的第二面上設置有防反射層。 A display device comprising: a first substrate; a second substrate; a first display element; a second display element; and an input device, wherein the first substrate comprises a part of the first display element and the second display element, the The second substrate includes the input device, the first display element and the second display element are disposed between the first surface of the first substrate and the first surface of the second substrate, the first display element has a visible light reflective The second display element has the function of emitting visible light, and an anti-reflection layer is provided on the second surface opposite to the first surface of the second substrate. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置,其中該第一顯示元件及該第二顯示元件設置在同一像素單元中。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display element and the second display element are disposed in the same pixel unit. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置,還包括:驅動電路,其中該驅動電路具有驅動該第一顯示元件、該第二顯示元件及該輸入裝置的功能。 The display device according to claim 1 of the claimed scope further comprises: a driving circuit, wherein the driving circuit has the function of driving the first display element, the second display element and the input device. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置,其中該第一顯示元件具有液晶材料,該第二顯示元件具有EL材料,並且該液晶材料具有二向色性染料。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display element has a liquid crystal material, the second display element has an EL material, and the liquid crystal material has a dichroic dye. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置, 其中該防反射層具有凸部。 According to the display device of item 1 of the scope of the application, Wherein the anti-reflection layer has a convex portion. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置,其中在該第一顯示元件與該輸入裝置之間包括選自光擴散板、偏光板和彩色膜中的一個或多個。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein one or more selected from a light diffusing plate, a polarizing plate, and a color film are included between the first display element and the input device. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示裝置,其中該第一顯示元件及該第二顯示元件分別與形成通道的半導體層包含金屬氧化物的電晶體電連接。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display element and the second display element are respectively electrically connected to a transistor whose semiconductor layer forming a channel includes a metal oxide. 一種電子裝置,包括:申請專利範圍第1至7中任一項之顯示裝置;外殼;以及鉸鏈部,其中該外殼及該鉸鏈部包括容納該顯示裝置的區域。 An electronic device, comprising: the display device of any one of claims 1 to 7; a casing; and a hinge portion, wherein the casing and the hinge portion include an area for accommodating the display device.
TW105137948A 2016-10-04 2016-11-18 Display device and electronic device TWI761320B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-196512 2016-10-04
JP2016196512 2016-10-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201824218A TW201824218A (en) 2018-07-01
TWI761320B true TWI761320B (en) 2022-04-21

Family

ID=61908897

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111112929A TW202234360A (en) 2016-10-04 2016-11-18 Display device and electronic apparatus
TW105137948A TWI761320B (en) 2016-10-04 2016-11-18 Display device and electronic device

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111112929A TW202234360A (en) 2016-10-04 2016-11-18 Display device and electronic apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP2018060203A (en)
TW (2) TW202234360A (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI826140B (en) * 2022-11-23 2023-12-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Display panel

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024054568A (en) 2022-10-05 2024-04-17 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Display device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI412832B (en) * 2007-11-02 2013-10-21 Sony Corp Color liquid crystal display device assembly
TWI433010B (en) * 2010-04-21 2014-04-01 Pixart Imaging Inc Optical touch display apparatus
TWI444947B (en) * 2006-12-05 2014-07-11 Semiconductor Energy Lab Plasma display panel and field emission display
CN104950443A (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-09-30 索尼公司 Light guide unit, image display device, and display apparatus

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05203940A (en) * 1991-05-29 1993-08-13 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Liquid crystal display element
JP2003215303A (en) * 2002-01-18 2003-07-30 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Antireflection article
TW544944B (en) * 2002-04-16 2003-08-01 Ind Tech Res Inst Pixel element structure of sunlight-readable display
US20060072047A1 (en) * 2002-12-06 2006-04-06 Kanetaka Sekiguchi Liquid crystal display
JP2008140327A (en) * 2006-12-05 2008-06-19 Smk Corp Touch panel
JP5541513B2 (en) * 2010-08-09 2014-07-09 日産自動車株式会社 Display device
JP2012073487A (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-12 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Antireflection article and display device
JP2012185338A (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-27 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Display device
JP2013246610A (en) * 2012-05-25 2013-12-09 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Electrostatic capacitance type touch panel substrate, display device and method of manufacturing electrostatic capacitance type touch panel substrate
CN104737040B (en) * 2012-09-28 2017-02-01 富士胶片株式会社 Optical compensation plate
JP2014123077A (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-07-03 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Anti-reflection body and manufacturing method therefor
KR20150006726A (en) * 2013-07-09 2015-01-19 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organic light emitting diode display
WO2015189735A1 (en) * 2014-06-13 2015-12-17 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Display device
TWI673513B (en) * 2014-09-26 2019-10-01 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司 Anti reflection film, display device, method for selecting anti reflection flim for display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI444947B (en) * 2006-12-05 2014-07-11 Semiconductor Energy Lab Plasma display panel and field emission display
TWI412832B (en) * 2007-11-02 2013-10-21 Sony Corp Color liquid crystal display device assembly
TWI433010B (en) * 2010-04-21 2014-04-01 Pixart Imaging Inc Optical touch display apparatus
CN104950443A (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-09-30 索尼公司 Light guide unit, image display device, and display apparatus

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI826140B (en) * 2022-11-23 2023-12-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Display panel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202234360A (en) 2022-09-01
TW201824218A (en) 2018-07-01
JP2018060203A (en) 2018-04-12
JP2022121424A (en) 2022-08-19
JP7274645B2 (en) 2023-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11550181B2 (en) Display device and electronic device
US11205387B2 (en) Display device and electronic device
JP2023174828A (en) display device
TWI709791B (en) Display device and electronic device
TW202305478A (en) Display device
TWI713003B (en) Display device and electronic equipment
JP2017227891A (en) Display device and method of driving the same
CN110024135B (en) Semiconductor device with a semiconductor device having a plurality of semiconductor chips
JP7274645B2 (en) Display device
JP2017227888A (en) Display device, method of driving the same, and electronic apparatus
JP2018022890A (en) Semiconductor device and semiconductor device manufacturing method
TWI764877B (en) display device
JP2018022150A (en) Display device and electronic apparatus
TW201824219A (en) Display device and electronic device include a signal generation circuit, a first gate driver, a second gate driver, and a second display section stopping the first scanning signal outputted by the first gate driver and the second scanning signal outputted by the second gate driver, etc.
JP2018013622A (en) Display device, and electronic apparatus
TW201824217A (en) Display device and electronic device to sufficiently suppress the reflection of external light on the display surface under the intense light
JP2018072462A (en) Display device
JP2018049267A (en) Display system, electronic apparatus, and display method
JP2018040867A (en) Display device, electronic apparatus, and information provision method
JP2018049071A (en) Display device
JP2018045196A (en) Display device or electronic apparatus having display device
JP2018049208A (en) Display divice
JP2018036584A (en) Display device
JP2018036583A (en) Display device
JP2018036487A (en) Display device, and electronic apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees